L0600 8806 €

ui l - it

y Ww i a a

PROCEEDINGS / *

=
TRANSACTION

OF THE

LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

a 7 VOL: XL

SHSSION 1896-97.

LIVERPOOL :
PrinrEp By T. Dogs & Co., 229, BrowNLow HI,

1897,

Z oe y or7 aT

CONTENTS.

I. PROCEEDINGS.

PAGE.

Office-bearers and Council, 1896-97 : : wit,
Report of the Council . : : vail
Summary of Proceedings at the Wicétings ix
Laws of the Society . : j 2 SLL Rve
List of Members . ; OX
Librarian’s Report (with list of ace ne aay ee XXIV.
Treasurer’s Balance Sheet . ‘ : : eX KT,

II. TRANSACTIONS.

Presidential Address on Biological Institutions in
Liverpool, during the present century. By H.
O. Forsss, LL.D., F.R.G.S8., F.Z.S. f : 1

Tenth Annual Report of the Liverpool Marine
Biology Committee and their Biological Station
at Port Erin. By Prof. HErpman, D.Sc., F.R.S. 7

Report on the Investigations carried on in 1896 in
connection with the Lancashire Sea-Fisheries
' Laboratory at University College, Liverpool.
By Professor W. A. HERpMaAN, D.S8c., F.RB.S.,

and Mr. ANDREW ScorTt, Fisheries Assistant. 57

Catalogue of the “Fisheries Collection” in the
Zoological Department, University College,
Liverpool. Collected and arranged by Prof.
W. A. HerpmMAN, D.Sc., F.R.S.; and Mr.
ANDREW Scott, Fisheries Assistant. : . 94

: Further Report upon the Free-Swimming Copepoda
of the West Coast of Ireland. By Isaac C.
THompson, F.L.5. . : : 3 coemrleag

he CONTENTS.

A Contribution to the History of the “‘ Calderstones,”’
near Liverpool. Put together by Professor W.
A. Herpman, D.8c., F.R.S. . 132

Revised List of Hydromeduse of the L.M.B.C.
District. By Epwarp T. Browne, B.A., F.Z.5. 147

On the Power of withstanding Dessication in Plants.

By ALFRED J. Ewart, D.Sc., Ph.D. . . Jae
Additional Notes on the Turbellaria of the L.M.B.C.
District. By H. Lyster JamMzEson, B.A. .

Observations regarding a Footprint from the Keuper
Sandstone at Storeton; with a note on the
probable structure of the foot by Prof. H. G.
Seeley, F'.R.S., F.G.S., &c. By H. C. BEASieN> ya

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

IVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

OFFICE-BEARERS AND COUNCIL.

Ex-Presidents :

1886—87 Pror. W. MITCHELL BANKS, M.D., F.RB.C.S.
1887—88 J. J. DRYSDALE, M.D.

1888—89 Pror. W. A. HERDMAN, D.S8c., F.R.S.E.
1889—90 Pror. W. A. HERDMAN, D.Sc., F.R.S.E.
1890—91 T. J. MOORE, C.M.Z.S.

1891—92 T. J. MOORE, O©.M.Z.S., A.L.S.

1892—93 ALFRED O. WALKER, J.P., F.L.S.

1893—94 JOHN NEWTON, M.R.C.S.

1894—95 Pror. F. GOTCH, M.A., F.R.S.

1895—96 Pror. R. J. HARVEY GIBSON, M.A.

SHSSION XI., 1896-97.

President :
HENRY O. FORBES, LL.D., F.Z.S.

Pice-Presidents :

Pror. R. J. HARVEY GIBSON, M.A.
Pror. W. A. HERDMAN, D.Sc., F.R.S.

Hon. Creasurer :

ISAAC C. THOMPSON, F.L.S., F.R.M.S.
How. Mibrariav:
ANDREW SCOTT.

How. Secretary :
JOSEPH A. CLUBB, B.Sc. (Vict.).

Council :
H. C0. BEASLEY. G. H. MORTON, F.G.S.
K. GROSSMANN, M.D. 3 T. C. RYLEY.
W. J. HALLS. W. E. SHARP.
Pror. S. J. HICKSON, D.Sc. F.R.S.| Pror. SHERRINGTON, M.D.
Rey. L. de B. KLEIN, D.Sc. A. T. SMITH, Jun.

Rey. T. S. LEA, M.A. A. 0. WALKER, F.L.S,

REPORT of the COUNCIL.

Durine the Session 1896-97 there have been eight
ordinary meetings and one field meeting of the Society.
The latter was held at Hooton, and as the day was bright
and fine, a very profitable and enjoyable afternoon was
spent in searching the ponds and ditches of the neighbour-
hood.

The communications made to the Society have been
representative of almost all branches of Biology, and
many interesting exhibits have been submitted at the
meetings. .

Following the custom of former years, Professor A. C.
Haddon, M.A., was invited to deliver an address before
the Society. The wisdom of thus bringing in a distin-
guished Biologist from another centre was again evidenced,
when a large audience assembled to hear an intensely
interesting lecture on Anthropology, entitled ‘“‘ How and
Why we Study Man.”

The Library continues to make satisfactory progress
as shown by the Librarian’s Report which follows.

The Treasurer’s usual statement and balance sheet are
appended.

No alterations have been made in the Laws of the
Society during the past session.

The members at present on the roll are as follows :—

Honorary Members......... 9
Ordinary Members.......... 61
Student Members............ 15

SUMMARY of PROCEEDINGS at the MEETINGS.

The first meeting of the eleventh session was held at

University College on Friday, 9th October, 1896.

1. The first part of the proceedings took place in the large
Loology Laboratory from 7 to 7-30 o’clock. Tea
was served at one end of the room and on the
tables were a number of exhibits, including two
native ‘‘fetishes’’ from the West Coast of Africa;
and casts of Sphenodon punctatus, the Tua-tua of
New Zealand, and of the lower jaws of Amphither-
wum owent from the Stonesfield Slate.

The President-elect (Henry O. Forbes, LL.D., F.Z.S.,)
took the chair at 7-30 o’clock, in the Zoology Theatre.

2. The Report of the Council on the Session 1895-96 (see
“Proceedings,” Vol. X., p. vill.) was read and
adopted.

_ 8. The Treasurer’s Balance Sheet for the Session 1895- 96
(see ‘‘ Proceedings,” Vol. X., p. xxx.) was submitted
and approved.

4, The Librarian’s Report (see ‘ Proceedings,” Vol. x,
p- XXlv.) was submitted and approved.

5. The following Office-bearers and Council for the ensuing
Session were elected :—Vice-Presidents, Prof.
Harvey Gibson, M.A., Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sc.,
PRS: 3) Elion: Treasurer, i. C: Thompson, F'.L.5.,
F.R.M.S.; Hon. Librarian, Andrew Scott; Hon.
Secretary, Joseph A. Clubb, B.Sc. (Vict.) ; Council,
H. C. Beasley, K. Grossmann, M.D., W. J. Halls,
Prardosd. sieksom, Di Se,,) FRS.;; Rev. Li de
Beaumont Klein, D.8c., Rev. T, S, Lea, M.A.,

X. PROCEEDINGS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

G. H. Morton, F.G.8., T. C. Riley, W. E. Sharp,
Prof. Sherrington, M.D., F.R.S.; A. T. Smith, Jun.,
and A. O. Walker, F.L.S.

6. The President delivered the Inaugural Address, entitled
“Biological Institutions in Liverpool, during the
present century’”’ (see ‘‘ Transactions,” p. 1). A
vote of thanks proposed by Prof. Herdman, secon-
ded by Mr. Alf. O. Walker, was carried with
acclamation.

The second meeting of the eleventh session was held at
University College on Friday, November 18th, 1896. The
President in the chair.

1. The following exhibits among others were on view in
the Zoological Laboratory from 7 to 7-30 o’clock :—

A series of marine alge from Port Erin, mounted
by the Rey. T. S. Lea, who explained his method
of mounting.

2. Professor Herdman gave an address on the Menhirs
and Dolmens of Brittany, illustrated by about 70
lantern photographs of these and other prehistoric
remains chiefly from the neighbourhood of Carnac
in the Morbihan. In concluding he drew attention
to the possibility that the ‘‘ Calderstones”’ in the
neighbourhood of Liverpool may be the remains
of adolmen. This led to a discussion which was
continued in the Daily Papers and the more i1m-
portant part of which has at the request of the
Council, been collected and reprinted (see ‘‘ Tran-
sactions,” p. 182).

The third meeting of the eleventh session was held
conjointly with the Chemical Society of University College
on Friday, December 11th, 1896, for the purpose of

SUMMARY OF PROCEEDINGS AT MEETINGS. Xl.

hearing a lecture by Prof. Ramsay, of University College,
London, on ‘“‘ Helium and Argon.” The lecture was of
ereat interest, and much enjoyed by the large number of
members of the Biological Society who were present.

The fourth meeting of the eleventh session was held at
University College on Friday, January 15th, 1897. The
President in the chair.

4. The first part of the meeting (from 7 to 7-30) was held
in the new Natural History Museum of University
College to enable Mr. H. C. Beasley to give a
demonstration on the collection of fossil footprints
there contained, from the Triassic formation of the
neighbourhood.

Mr. Chadwick exhibited also a series of micros-
copic slides of surface organisms, tow-netted in Port
Erin Bay.

2. The congratulations of the Society, were on the motion
of Prof. Herdman, accorded to Mr. J. Lomas,
A.R.C.S., on the honour done him, by the award
of the Geological Society of London, of a portion
of the Lyell Fund, in recognition of his researches
in Glacial Geology. |

3. Mr. H. C. Beasley communicated a note on a fossil

| footprint found at Storeton, together with a letter
on the same from Prof. Seeley (see ‘“‘ ees or
pe L79).

4. Mr. J. Lomas laid before the Society the first part of
his paper on the Geology of the Irish Sea. This
will be published in a succeeding volume of the
“Transactions,” along with the remaining ‘portion
of the paper. | 7 fy ybtas

5. Prof. Herdman submitted the Annual Report of the
L.M.B.C. and Port Erin Biological Station (see
“ Transactions,” p. 7). | -

Xll. PROCEEDINGS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

The fifth meeting of the eleventh session was held at
University College on Friday, February 12th, 1897. The
President in the chair.

1. In the Zoology Laboratory, from 7 to 7-30 were a
number of miscellaneous exhibits.

2. A Flying-Fish (Hxocetus volitans), was exhibited in-
fested with two specimens of the parasitic Copepod, »
Penella blainvillu, which in turn were covered
with a number of small Cirripedes (Conchoderma
virgata). An interesting discussion followed, in
which remarks were made by Mr. I. C. Thompson,
Mr. J. A. Clubb and others.

3. Mr. E. T. Browne, F.Z.S., contributed a revised list
of the Hydromeduse of the L.M.B.C. District
(see ‘“‘ Transactions,’ p. 147). Communicated by
Mr. I. C. Thompson.

4. Mr. A. J. Ewart, D.Sc., Ph.D., contributed a paper on
the power of Plants to withstand dessication (see
‘Transactions,’ p. 151). Communicated by the
Hon. Secretary.

The sixth meeting of the eleventh session was held in
University College on Friday, March 12th, 1897. The
President in the chair.

1. In the Zoology Laboratory, Professor Herdman exhi-
bited, with remarks, an abnormal skull of.a rabbit,
and a specimen of a new species of Gephyrean worm
probably of the genus Thalassema, with a peculiar
ereen colouring matter.

2. Professor Herdman gave a very interesting address
on ‘‘ Field Work in Marine Zoology ; its Scientific
and Economic Aspect.” The scope of marine
zoology was first touched upon, and the lecturer
showed how a thoroughly scientific. knowledge of
the life-histories, habits, and food supply of the

SUMMARY OF PROCEEDINGS AT MEETINGS. a

edible marine fishes must be of the greatest pos-
sible advantage in our Sea-Fisheries. The address
was illustrated by lantern slides.

The seventh meeting of the eleventh session was held
in University College on Friday, April 9th, 1897. The
President in the chair.

1. In the Zoology Laboratory, among other exhibits was
a series of drawings of Echinoderm larve made by
Mr. H. C. Chadwick from specimens obtained in
the tow-net.

2. The President gave an interesting lecture on ‘‘ New
Guinea; the Country and its Inhabitants, from
Personal Observation.” Aided by a magnificent
series of lantern slides, many of them prepared
from original negatives, a vivid description of the
country was given; and many personal incidents
were related, which were highly instructive of the
customs and habits of the people. The peculiar
fauna of New Guinea was referred to, and a number
of its more brightly plumaged birds were on
exhibition. A hearty vote of thanks was accorded
to Dr. Forbes for his address.

The eighth meeting of the eleventh session was held
in University College on Friday, May 14th, 1897. The
Vice-President (Prof. Herdman) in the chair.

1. In the Zoology Laboratory, among other exhibits,
Mr. Edward Cox described some worked flints
found at Spital.

2. A paper on the Turbellarians of the .M.B.C. Dis-
trict, by H. Lyster Jameson, B.A., of the Royal
College of Science, London, was submitted (see
“Transactions,” p. 160).

i 4

XlV. PROCEEDINGS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

3. The second report of the Copepoda, from the West
Coast of Ireland, by Mr. I. C. Thompson (see
“Transactions,” p. 127).

4. Prof. A. C. Haddon gave an address on Anthropology, ©
entitled ‘‘ How and Why we Study Man.” Many
of the physical characteristics of mankind were
first dealt with, and the distribution of the light and
dark haired varieties in Europe were graphically
shown on the screen by means of diagrams. The
second part of the lecture dealt more with the
psychological aspect, and was of the most interest-
ing character. The lecturer referred to many of
the customs of primitive races, and showed a real
connection between them and many of the children’s
games as played in our villages at the present day.
The address was illustrated with lantern slides,
and was greatly enjoyed by a large audience. On
the motion of Dr. Klein, seconded by Dr. Newton,
a cordial vote of thanks was passed with acclama-
tion.

The ninth and last meeting of the eleventh session (the
Annual Field Meeting) was held at Hooton on Saturday,
June 12th. The day was fine, and a very pleasant
afternoon was spent searching the ponds and ditches in
the neighbourhood. After tea a short business meeting
was held, when Mr. I. C. Thompson, F'.L.S., proposed
by Dr. Forbes, seconded by Mr. W. E. Sharp, was
elected President for next session.

LAWS of the LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL
SOCIETY.

I.—The name of the Society shall be the ‘‘ LIVERPOOL
BroLocicaL Society,” and its object the advancement of
Biological Science.

IJ.—The Ordinary Meetings of the Society shall be held
at University College, at Seven o’clock, during the six
Winter months, on the second Friday evening in every
month, or at such other place or time as the Council may
appoint.

I1I.—The business of the Society shall be conducted by
a President, two Vice-Presidents, a Treasurer, a Secretary,
a Librarian, and twelve other Members, who shall form a
Council; four to constitute a quorum.

IV.—The President, Vice-Presidents, Treasurer, Secre-
tary, Librarian, and Council shall be elected annually, by
ballot, in the manner hereinafter mentioned.

V.—The President shall be elected by the Council
(subject to the approval of the Society) at the last Meeting
of the Session, and take office at the ensuing Annual
Meeting.

VI.—The mode of election of the Vice-Presidents,
Treasurer, Secretary, Librarian, and Council shall be in the
form and manner following :—It shall be the duty of the
retiring Council at their final meeting to suggest the names
of Members to fill the offices of Vice-Presidents, Treasurer,
Secretary, Librarian, and of four Members who were not

XVI. LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

on the last Council to be on the Council for the ensuing
session, and formally to submit to the Society, for election
at the Annual Meeting, the names so suggested. The
Secretary shall make out and send to each Member of the
Society, with the circular convening the Annual Meeting,
a printed list of the retiring Council, stating the date of
the election of each Member, and the number of his atten-
dances at the Council Meetings during the past session ;
and another containing the names of the Members sug-
gested for election, by which lists, and no others, the votes
shall be taken. It shall, however, be open to any Member
to substitute any other names in place of those upon the
lists, sufficient space being left for that purpose. Should
any list when delivered to the President contain other |
than the proper number of names, that list and the votes
thereby given shall be absolutely void. Every list must
be handed in personally by the Member at the time of
voting. Vacancies occurring otherwise than by regular
annual retirement shall be filled by the Council.

VIlI.—Every Candidate for Membership shall be pro-
posed by three or more Members, one of the proposers
from personal knowledge. The nomination shall be read
from the Chair at any Ordinary Meeting, and the Candi-
date therein recommended shall be balloted for at the
succeeding Ordinary Meeting. Ten black balls shall ex-
clude.

VIII.—When a person has been elected a Member, the
Secretary shall inform him thereof, by letter, and shall at
the same time forward him a copy of the Laws of the
Society.

IX.—Every person so elected shall within one calendar
month after the date of such election pay an Entrance Hee
of Half a Guinea and an Annual Subscription of One

“LAWS: XVIl.

Guinea (except in the case of Student Members); but the
Council shall have the power, in exceptional cases, of
extending the period for such payment. No Entrance
Fee shall be paid on re-election by any Member who has
paid such fee.

X.—The Subscription (except in the case of Student
Members) shall be One Guinea per annum, payable in
advance, on the day of the Annual Meeting in October.

XI.—Members may compound for their Annual Sub-
scription by a single payment of Ten Guineas.

XII.—There shall also be a class of Student Members,
paying an Entrance Fee of Two Shillings and Sixpence,
and a Subscription of Five Shillings per annum.

Pie —All nominations of Student Members shall be
passed by the Council previous to nomination at an Ordin-
ary Meeting. When elected, Student Members shall be
entitled to all the privileges of Ordinary Members, except
that they shall not receive the publications of the Society,
nor vote at the Meetings, nor serve on the Council.

XIV.—Resignation of Membership shall be signified a
writing to the Secretary, but the Member so resigning shall
be liable for the payment of his Annual Subscription, and
all arrears up to date of his resignation.

XV.—The Annual Meeting shall be held on the second
Friday in October, or such other convenient day in the
month as the Council may appoint, when a Report of the
Council on the affairs of the Society, and a Balance Sheet
duly signed by the Auditors previously appointed by the
Council, shall be read.

XVI.—Any person (not resident within ten miles of
Liverpool) eminent in Biological Science, or who may have
rendered valuable services to the Society, shall be eligible

XVill. LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

as an Honorary Member; but the number of such Members
shall not exceed fifteen at any one time.

XVII.—Captains of vessels and others contributing
objects of interest shall be admissible as Associates for
a period of three years, subject to re-election at the end of
that time.

XVIII.—Such Honorary Members and Associates shall
be nominated by the Council, elected by a majority at an
Ordinary Meeting, and have the privilege of attending and
taking part in the Meetings of the Society, but not voting.

XIX.—Should there appear cause in the opinion of the
Council for the expulsion from the Society of any Member,
a Special General Meeting of the Society shall be called
by the Council for that purpose; and if two-thirds of those
voting agree that such Member be expelled, the Chairman
shall declare this decision, and the name of such Member
shall be erased from the books.

XX.—Every Member shall have the privilege of intro-
ducing one visitor at each Ordinary Meeting. The same
person shall not be admissible more than twice during the
same session. j;

XXI.—Notices of all Ordinary or Special Meetings shall
be issued to each Member by the Secretary, at least three
days before such Meeting.

XXII.—The President, Council, or any ten Members
can convene a Special General Meeting, to be called within
fourteen days, by giving notice in writing to the Secretary,
and stating the object of the desired Meeting. The circu-
lar convening the Meeting must state the purpose thereof.

XXIII.—Votes in all elections shall be taken by ballot,
and in other cases by show of hands, unless a ballot be
first demanded.

LAWS. XIX.

XXIV.—No alteration shall be made in these Laws,
except at an Annual Meeting, or a Special Meeting called
for that purpose; and notice in writing of any proposed
alteration shall be given to the Council, and read at the
Ordinary Meeting, at least a month previous to the meet-
ing at which such alteration is to be considered, and the
proposed alteration shall also be printed in the circular
convening such meeting; but the Council shall have the
power of enacting such Bye-Laws as may be deemed neces-
sary, which Bye-Laws shall have the full power of Laws
until the ensuing Annual Meeting, or a Special Meeting
convened for their consideration.

BYE-LAW.

—S ee

Student Members of the Society may be admitted as
Ordinary Members without re-election upon payment of
the Ordinary Member’s Subscription; and they shall be
exempt from the Ordinary Member’s entrance fee.

LIST of MEMBERS of the LIVERPOOL

ELECTED.

1886

1886

1888
1894
1889
1887
1886
1886

1890
1891
1890
1894

1891
1886

1886
1894

1886
1896

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
SESSION 1896-97.

A. ORDINARY MEMBERS.

(Life Members are marked with an asterick.)

Banks, Prof. W. Mitchell, M.D., F.R.C.S., 28,
Rodney-street

Barron, Prof. Alexander, M.B., M Ri@asiae.
Rodney-street

Beasley, Henry C., Baie Albert-road, Wavertree

Boyce, Prof., University College, Liverpool

Brown, Prof. J. Campbell, 8, Abercromby-square

Caine, Nathaniel, Spital, Bromborough

Caton, R., M.D., F.R.C.P., Lea Hall, Gateacre

Clubb, J. A., M.Sc., Hon. SECRETARY, Free
Public Museum, Liverpool

Davies, D., Alexandra-mount, Litherland.

Dismore, Miss, 65, Shewsbury-road, Oxton

Ewart, A. J., D.Sc., 83, Berkley-street, Liverpool

Forbes, H. O., LL.D., F.Z.S:, PRESIDEN”, Pree
Public Museum, Liverpool

Garstang, W., M.A., Lincoln College, Oxford

Glynn, Prof. T. R., M.D., F.R.C.P., 62, isedmeye
street

Gibson, Prof. R.J., M.A., F.L.8., Vick-PRESIDENT,
University College

Grossmann, Karl, M.D., 70, Rodney-street

Halls, W. J., 35, Lord-street

Haydon, W. H., 24, Upper Parliament-street

1886
ESOS

1891
~1894
1888
1886

1896
1894
1895

1894
P1896

1886
~ 18938
1888
1886
1888
1887
1894

1894
1892
1896
1886
1890
1895
1887

1887
1892

LIS’ OF MEMBERS. ‘XX.

Elerdman. ‘Prot. W: A.,:\D.Se., EIR S., ViICcE-
PRESIDENT, University College

_Herdman, Mrs., B.8c., Croxteth Lodge, Ullet-road,

Liverpool
Hicks, J. Sibley, M.D., 2, Erskine-street
Hickson, Prof. 8. J., Owens College, Manchester
“Hurst, C.e:, Ph:D., 20, Adelaide-road, Dublin
Jones, Charles W., Field House, Prince Alfred-
road, Wavertree
Jones, R., 3a, Lord-street
Jones, Charles Elpie, B.Sc., Prenton-rd. W., B’head
Klein, Rev. lL. de Beaumont, D.Sc., F.L.5S., 6,
Devonshire-road
Lea, Rev. T. 8., 8, Wellington Fields, Wavertree
Laverock, W. 8., M.A., B.Sc., Free Museum,
Liverpool
Lomas, J., Assoc. N.S.8., 16, Mellor-road, B’head
Macdonald, J. 8., B.A., 21, Hatherley-st., L’pool
Melly, W. R., 90, Chatham-street
Morton, G. H., F.G.8S., 209, Edge-lane, E.
Newton, John, M.R.C.S., 44, Rodney-street
Narramore, W., F..8., 5, Geneva-road, Elm Park
Paterson, Prof., M.D., M.R.C.S., University Col-
lege, Liverpool
Paul, Prof. F. T., Rodney-street, Liverpool
Phillips, E., L.D.8., M.R.C.8., 33, Rodney-street
Picton, W. H., 2, College-road, Gt. Crosby
*Poole, Sir James, J.P., Abercromby-square
Rathbone, Miss May, Backwood, Neston
Ricketts, C., M.D., 11, Hamilton-square, B’head
Robertson, Helenus R., Springhill, Church-road,
Wavertree
Ryley, Thomas C., 10, Waverley-road
Sephton, Rev. J., M.A., 90, Huskisson-street

XX1l, LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

1894 Scott, Andrew, Hon. Liprarian, University Col-
lege, Liverpool

1895 Sherrington, Prof., M.D., F.R.S., University Col-
lege, Liverpool

1891 Sharp, W. E., The Woodlands, Ledsham

1886 Smith, Andrew T., Jun., 13, Bentley-road, Prince’s
Park

1895 Smith, J., Rose Villa, Lachford, Warrington

1893 Tate, Francis, F.C.8., 9, Hackins Hey, Liverpool

1886 Thompson, Isaac C., FwL.S., E.R. MS eto
TREASURER, 53, Croxteth-road

1889 Thornely, Miss lL. R., Baychff, Woolton Hill

1888 Toll, J. M., Kirkby Park, Kirkby

1886 Walker, Alfred O., J.P., F.L.8., Colwyn Bay

1889 Williams, Miss Leonora, Hill Top, Bradfield, nr.
Sheffield

1891 Wiglesworth, J., M.D., County Asylum, Rainhill

1896 Woods, Joseph A., L.D.S. Eng., 76, Mount-plea-
sant, Liverpool

1892 Weiss, Prof., Owens College, Manchester

1896 Willmer, Miss J. H., 20, Lorne-rd., Oxton, B’head

1892 Young, T. F., M.D., 12, Merton-road, Bootle

B. STuDENT MEMBERS.

Armstrong, Miss A., 26, Trinity-road, Bootle

Bennette, Horace W. P., Gothic Lodge, Park-road, S.,
Birkenhead

Burnet, R., University College, Liverpool

Chadwick, H. C., Free Museum, Bootle

Christophers, 8. R., M.D., 10, Lily-road, Fairfield

Crompton, Miss C. A., University College, Liverpool

Dickinson, T., 3, Clark-street, Prince’s Park

Hannah, J. H. W., 61, Avondale-road, Sefton Park

Harrison, Oulton, Denehurst, Sandown Park, Wavertree

LIST OF MEMBERS. XXill.

Henderson, W. S., B.Sc., Beech-hill, Fairfield

Hurter, D. G., Holly Lodge, Cressington

Linton, 8. F., St. Pauls Vicarage, Clifton-road, Birkenhead
Phillips, Miss F., 3, Green-lawn, Rock Ferry

Quinby, F. G., 11, Belvidere-road, Liverpool

Simpson, A. Hope, Annandale, Sefton Park

C. HonoRARY MEMBERS.

H.S.H. Albert I., Prince of Monaco, 25, Faubourg St.
| Honore, Paris

Bornet, Dr. Edouard, Quai de la Tournelle 27, Paris
Claus, Prof. Carl, University, Vienna

Fritsch, Prof. Anton, Museum, Prague, Bohemia

Giard, Prof. Alfred, Sorbonne, Paris

Haeckel, Prof. Dr. E., University, Jena

Hanitsch, R., Ph.D., Raffles Museum, Singapore
Leicester, Alfred, Buckhurst Farm, nr. Edenbridge, Kent
Solms-Laubach, Prof. Dr., Botan. Instit., Strassburg

REPORT of the LIBRARIAN.

Our Society has arranged two, additional exchanges of
publications since the last Report, making in all seventy-

eight societies and institutions.

The following list gives the titles of the exchanges and

donations received during the session :—

ut

Amsterdam, Académie Royale des Sciences. Vol. VI., part 2, Nos,
7—9; vol. V., part 2, Nos. 1—8, Jaarboek, 1895.

Batavia, Société Royale des Sciences Naturelles des Indes Néerlandaises.

Catalogue Supplementairé, 1883-93 ; vol. LV., Boekwerken, etc., 1895.

Bergen Museum, an account of the Crustacea of Norway by G. O. Sars.
Vol. II., Isopoda, parts 1 and 2.

Bergen Museum, Aarbog, for 1896.

Berlin, Konig. preus. Akad. d. Wissenschaften, Sitz. Nos. 39—53.

Berlin, Konig. preus. Akad. d. Wissenschaften, Mathem. u. Natur.,
Mittheil. Parts 8—10; 1895; 1896.

Birmingham, Proceedings of the Natural History and Philosophical
Society. Vol. IX., part 2.

Bolonga, Accademia d, Scienze; Sezione d. Scienze d. Naturali,
Memorie Ser. V., vol. IV.

Bolonga, Accademia d. Scienze; Sezione d. Medicina e. Chirurgia.
Memorie Ser. V., vol. IV.

Bonn, Naturhistorischen verein des Preussichen Rheinlande u. West-
falens, Sitz. 1896, parts 1 and 2.

Bonn, Naturhistorischen verein des Preussichen Rheinlande u. West-
falens, Verhandl. 1896, parts 1 and 2.

Bordeaux, Proces-Verbaux de ia Societe Linneenne. Vol. XLVIII.

Bordeaux, Extraits des Comptes Rendus des Séances de la Société
Linnéenne de Bordeaux.

Boston, Proceedings of the Natural History Society. Vol. XXVII.,
pp. 1—241.

Buenos Ayres, Anales del Muse Nacional. Vol. IV., ser. II., part 1.

Cambridge, Studies from the Morphological Laboratory, University of
Cambridge. Vol. VI.

Cambridge, Mass., Bullet. of the Museum of Compar. Zool., at Harvard
College. Vol. XXVII., No. 7; XXVIII., Nos. 2—3, 1033—5,

7
;
.
’

LIBRARIAN S REPORT. XXV.

1043—5, 1048—61, 1067—72, 1074—-82, 1084—1103 ; XXIX., Nos.
1—6; XXX., Nos. 1—5.

Annual Report of the Curator, 1895—96.

Cardiff, Report and Trans. of the Naturalists’ Society. Vol. XXVIL.,
part 2.

Charlottenburg, Zeitschrift fur Fischerei. Vol. IV., parts 1—7.

Chili, Revista Chilena de Hijiene. Vol. II., Nos. 4—9.

Chili, Actes de la Société Scientifique. Vol. V., part 4.

Christiania, Skrifter udgivne af Vidensk. i Christiania. 1894, parts
1 and 2.

Christiania, Forhandlinger i Vidensk. i Christiania. 1894—1895.

Dublin, Transactions Royal Dublin Society. Vol. V. (ser. II.), parts
5—12; vol. VI., part 1.

Dublin, Scientific Proceedings Royal Dublin Society. Vol. VIII.
(N.S.), parts 3 and 4.

Edinburgh, Proceedings Royal Physical Society. 1894—95, 1895— 96.

Edinburgh, Proceedings of the Royal Society. Vol. XX., 18983—95.

Edinburgh, Fishery Board for Scotland. Fourteenth Annual Report.
Parts 1—3.

Frankfurt, Senckenbergische naturforschende Gesellschaft. 1895.

Giessen, Oberhessische Gesellschaft fur Natur-und Heilkunde, August,
1896. 7

Glasgow, Transactions of the Natural History Society. Vol. IV,
(N.S.), part 2.

Gottingen, Nachrichten d. k. Gesell. d. Wissenschaften, Geschaftliche
Mittheil. 1896, parts 1 and 2.

Gottingen, Nachrichten d. k. Gesell. d. Wissenschaften, Mathematisch-
physik. +1894, part 4; 1896, part 1.

Halifax, N.S., Nova Scotian Institute of Science, Proceed. and Trans,
Vol. IX., parts 1 and 2.

Hannover, Mittheilungen des Deutschen Seefischereivereins, Vol.
XII., Nos. 5—11; vol. XIII., No. 4.

Harlem, Archives du Musée Teyler. Ser. II., vol. V., parts 1 and 2.

Harlem, Archives Neerlandaises des Sciences exactes et Naturelles.
Vol. XXX., parts 1—4,

Kiel, Kommission fur der Unterschung der deutschen Meere, N.S.
Voli. part 2 ‘vol. PE, part: 1:

. ‘Kjobenhavn, Report of the Danish Biological Station, 1895.

Kjobenhavn, Kongel. Danske. Vidensk. selskabs, Forhandlinger, 1896,
parts 1—6; 1897, part 1.

Kjobenhavn, Naturhistoriske Forening, 1895 ; 1896,

Leeds, Transactions of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, - Parts 19—20.

NIE LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

43.

44,

45.

46.

Leeds, The Naturalist, April to December, 1896; January to May,
1897.

Leipzig, Konigl. Sachs. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. 1895, Nos.
1—6 ; 1896, Nos. 1—6.

Leipzig, Konigl. Sachs. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Reden und
Register. 1896.

London, British Museum Nat. Hist.—
A Guide to the Fossil Mammals and Birds in the Dept. of Geology and

Paleontology.
A Guide to the Fossil Reptiles and Fishes in the Dept. of Geology and
Paleontology.

A Guide to British Mycetozoa exhibited in the Dept. of Botany.
An Introduction to the Study of Rocks. .

London, Journal Royal Microscopical Society. 1896, parts 2—6; 1897,
part 2.

Manchester, Transactions Microscopical Society. 1895.

Mecklenburg, Archiv. des Vireins der Freunde der Naturgeschichte,
Vol. XLIX., parts 1 and 2.

Melbourne, Transactions of the Royal Society of Victoria. Vol. IV.,
1895.

Melbourne, Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. Vol. VIIL.,
N.S.

Moscou, Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes, Bulletin, 1895. No. 4;
1896, Nos. 1—3.

Munich, Allgemeine Fischerei Zeitung. Vol. XXI., parts 6—25; vol.
XXII., parts 1—9.

Nancy, Société des Sciences, Bulletin. Ser. II., vol. XIV., part 30.

Napoli, Accademia della Scienze Fisiche e Matematiche, Rendiconto.
Ser. III., vol. II., parts 2—12; vol. III., parts 1—3.

New Brunswick, Bulletin of the Natural History Society. Vol. XIV.

Oporto, Annaes des Sciencias Naturaes. Vol. III. Nos, 2—4; vol.
Ves Now.

Paris, Société Zoologique de France, Bulletin. Vol. XX. Memoirs.
Vole Vall.

Paris, Bulletin Scientifique de la France et de la Belgique. Vol.
XXVIII., part 2; vol. XXIX., parts 1 and 2.

Paris, Museum d’Histoire Naturelle. 1896, Nos. 4—7.

Paris, Société Scientifique et Station Zoologique d’Arcachon. 1895.

Philadelphia, Academy of Natural Sciences, Proceedings. 1895, part
8; 1896, parts 1 and 2.

Plymouth, Journal of the Marine Biological Association. N.S., vol.
LY... No, 4,

64.

aA.

73.

74,

75.

76.
Ti.
78.

79.

ve}

80.

LIBRARIAN'S REPORT. XXVIl.

St. Petersbourg, Bulletin de l’Accadémie Imperiale des Sciences. V.
Series, vol. III., Nos. 2—5; vol. IV., Nos. 1—5; vol. V., Nos.
1 and 2; vol. VI., Nos. 1 and 2,

Stavanger, Museum Aarsberetning, 1895.

Stockholm, Académie Royale des Sciences. Vol. XXI. (1896), part 3,
Botany; part 4, Zoology.

Sydney, Records of the Australian Museum. Vol, II., No. 7; vol.
RTS Nor 1.

Sydney, Annual Report of the Trustees of the Australian Museum.
1895.

Tokyo, Journal of the College of Science, Imperial University, Japan.
Vol. X., parts 1 and 2.

Torino, Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia comparata della R. Universita

- Balletino. Vol. X., Nos. 210—267.

Toronto, Transactions of the Canadian Institute. Vol. Ev part 2;
vol. V-, part 1.

Upsala, Royal University, Bidrag till en Lefnadsteckning over Carl vol.
Linné. Parts 3 and 4.

Upsala, Leptocephalids in the University Zoological Museum, Uber die
bildung der follikelhiillen bei den Ascidien, om Byggnaden och
utvecklingen af Oedipodium grifithianwm (Dicks.), Schwaegr.

Upsala, Bidrag till kannedomen om Sveriges Ichthyobdellider, Zur
Ormithologie Kameruns nebsteinigen angaben uber die Saugetiere des
Landes.

Upsala, Universitiet Zoologiska Studier, Festskrift Wilhelm Lilljeborg
tillegnad Pi’ Hans Attionde Fodelsedag af Svenska Zoologer.

Washington, United States Commission of Fish and Fisheries, Com-
missioners Report, 1893 and 1894.

Washington, United States Commission of Fish and Fisheries, Bulletin.
Wol XV;

Washington, Smithsonian Institution Report, 1894.

Washington, Smithsonian Institution, Bulletin, No. 47. The Fishes
of Middle and North America.

Washington, Smithsonian Institution, Special Bulletin. Life Histories
of North American Birds.

Washington, Smithsonian Institution, Bibliography of the published
writings of P. L. Sclater, F.R.S. .

Washington, Smithsonian Institution, United States National Museum
Vol. XIX., No. 1086, 1088—91, 1093—1099, 1101—1104, 1106—1110,
1112—1116 ; vol. XX., Nos. 1126, 1128, 1132.

Wellington, N.Z., Trans. and Proceed. of the New Zealand Institute.
Vol. XXVIII., 1895,

XXVlil. LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

81.

82.

83.

84.

85.

86.

88.

89.

90.

ue

92.

93.

94.

Wien, K. K. Zoolog.-Botan. Gesellschaft Verhandl. Vol. XLVI.,
parts 2—10.

Wien, Naturhistorischen Hofmuseums, Annalen. Vol X., parts 2—4;
vol. XI., parts 1—3. .

Zurich, Naturforschenden Gesellschaft Viertel jahrschrift. Vol. XL.,
parts 3 and 4; vol. XLI., Nos. 1 and 2 and Supplement.

By PRESENTATION.

Transactions of the Entomological Society of London, 1891 to 1896 (7
volumes), presented by Alfred O. Walker, Esq., F.L.S.

On two new species of Amphipoda Gammarina. By A. O. Walker
(Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. VI., vol. XVII., May, 1896). Presented
by A. O. Walker, Esq., F.L.S.

Phoxocephalus pectinatus, Walker, or P. simplex (Bate)? By A. O.
Walker (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. VI., vol. XVII., Aug. 1896).

Report on the Schizopoda, Cumacea, Isopoda and Amphipoda of the
Chaunel Islands. By A. O. Walker, F.L.S. and James Hornell.
Presented by A. O. Walker, F.L.S.

On Scolecithrix hibernica a new species of Copepod, with some remarks
on the distribution of the Crustacea. By Andrew Scott. Presented
by the Author.

Résultats des Campagnes Scientifiques Accomplies sur son yacht. Par
Albert le" Prince Souverain de Monaco. Vol. X. Presented by H.S.H.
The Prince of Monaco.

Résultats des Campagnes Scientifiques Accomplies sur son yacht. Par
Albert 1& Prince Souverain de Monaco, Fase. XI. contribution a
Vetude des Stellérides de Vl Atlantique Nord, par Edward Perrier.
Presented by H.S.H. The Prince of Monaco.

Eine Studieureise in Angelegenheiten der Fischerei. Von Prof. Dr.
Anton Fritsch. Presented by the Author.

Action des Alcaloides et de Diverses Substances Medicamentenses sur
les Ceeurs Lymphatiques de la Grenonille. Il Genere Ascaris, Linne,
lavoro Monografico. Ricerche Elmintologiche. Elminthi Trovati in
un Orthagoriscus mola. By Michele Stossich. Presented by the Author.

A Biological examination of Lake Michigan, Bulletin of the Michigan
Fish Commission. Presented by Prof. Herdman.

Die Lachse des Kaukasus, Ist part. Deposited by the Liverpool Marine
Biology Committee.

By PURCHASE.

Official Year Book of the Scientific and Learned Societies of Great
Britain and Ireland. 1896,

LIBRARIAN S REPORT. XX1X.,

List of Societies, etc., with which publications are
exchanged.

AMsTERDAM.— Koninklijke Akadamie van Wettenschappen.
Koninklijke Zodlogisch Genootschap Natura Artis Magistra.
BAtTIMoRE.—Johns Hopkins University.
Barayia.— Koninklijke Natuurkundig Vereeniging in Ned. Indie.
BercEN.—Museum.
BERLIN.—Konigl. Akadémie der Wissenschaften.
Deutscher Fischerei-Vereins.
BiRMINGHAM.—Philosophical Society.
Botonea.—Accademia delle Scienze.
Bonn.—Naturhistorischer verein des Preussichen Rheinlande und Westfalens.
BorDEAvUxX.-—Société Linnéenne. .
Boston.—Society of Natural History.
BrussEts.—Académie Royal des Sciences, etc., de Belgique.
CamBriDGE.—Morphological Laboratories.
CAMBRIDGE, Mass.-—Museum of Comparative Zoology of Harvard College.
CHRISTIANIA.—Videnskabs-Selskabet.
Dusiin.—Royal Dublin Society.
EDINBURGH.—Royal Society.
Royal Physical Society.
Royal College of Physicians.
Fishery Board for Scotland.
FRANKFURT. —Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft.
FreiBuRG.—Naturforschende Gesellschaft.
GENEVE.—Societé de Physique et d’ Histoire Naturelle.
GIEssen.—Oberhessische Gesellschaft fiir Natur und Heilkunde.
GLAscow.—Natural History Society.
Gorrincren.—Konigl. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften.
HA.LiIFAx.—Nova Scotian Institute of Natural Science.
HARLEM —Musée Teyler.
Société Hollandaise des Sciences.
*HELGOLAND.—Konigliche Biologische Anstalt.
KiE. -—Naturwissenschaftlichen vereins fur Schleswig—Holstein.
Kommission fur der Unterschung der Deutschen meere.
KJOBENHAVN.—Naturhistorike Forening.
Danish Biological Station (C. G. John Petersen).
Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskab.
Lrrps.—Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union.
Lripzic.—Konigl. Sachs. Gesellschaft der Wissenchaften.
LILLE.—Reyue Biologique du Nord de la France.

XXX. LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL, SOCIETY.

Lonpon.—Royal Microscopical Society.
British Museum (Natural History Department).
MANCHESTER.—Microscopical Society.
Owens College.
MARSEILLES.—Station Zoologique d’Endoume.

Musée d'Histoire Naturelle.
MAssACHUSETTS.—Tufts College Library.
MECKLENBURG.—Vereins der Freunde der Naturgeschichte.
MrLpournE.—Royal Society of Victoria.
MonTPELLIER.—-Académie des Sciences et Lettres.
Moscovu.—Société Impériale des Naturalistes.
Nanoy.—Socieété des Sciences.

Naport.—Accademia delle Scienze Fisiche e Matematiche.
New Brunswick.—Natural History Society.
Oporro.—Annaes de Sciencias Naturaes.
Paris.—Museum d’Histoire Naturelle.

Société Zoologique de France.

Bulletin Scientifique de la France et de la Belgique.
PHILADELPHIA.—Academy of Natural Sciences.
PitymMoutTH.—Marine Biological Association.

St. Louis, Miss.—Academy of Science.
Sr. Pererspurc.—Académie Impériale des Sciences.
*San Francisco.—California Academy of Science.
SANTIAGO.—Société Scientifiq du Chili.
STAVANGER.—Stavanger Museum.
STOCKHOLM.—Académie Royale des Sciences.
SypNEY.—Australian Museum.
Tox1o.—Imperial University.
Torino. —Musei de Zoologia ed Anatomia Comparata della R. Universita.
Toronro.—Canadian Institute. ;
TRIESTE.—Societa Adriatica de Scienze Naturali.
UrsaLa.—Upsala Universitiet.
W ASHINGTON.—Smithsonian Institution.
United States National Museum.
United States Commission of Fish and Fisheries.
WELLINGTON, N.Z.—New Zealand Institute.
Wien.—K. K. Naturhistorischen Hofmuseums.

K. K. Zoologisch—Botanischen Gesellschaft.

ZuricH.—Zurcher Naturforschende Gesellschaft.

Those marked with * are the additions.

‘anor ‘ALINS “LV
“790.409 punof pun paprpny

"J681 ‘“yw720g vaquagday “TOOdUMATT

“dud ASVAUT, “NOP

‘NOSdWOHL ‘O OVYSI

ZG 8l LR nn TOINSeeLy, JO spuey Ul couvjeg Ag
bo& Ol veS OSlF
4 8 6L “ L68T “Y90g toquieydeg ‘puvy ut souryeg *
9 61 0 Corer eer eres seers serseessseceseserscees eee recess cescce salipung 66
0 61 G Coe e ew ce ress sacesesesoeere "S[OA jo OSeLLIe) pue 90e4S0g 66
0 0 I ee POSER ABU G0 2S OOH | (OOH PSA uloyUeT JO 4so9 66
0 e G EEO. 10,000 0.0.0.0 DO D10G DODO OOOO 00/6 Ts reeeesSGUIIpae0o0Ig Jo ales (35 9 8 0 Cvlciceceucscesce ec tceecess seccecete 9) 119) ‘XOTSTUTe AA
0 Gl g aiake sisieguieiaiexeze -/¢ 1€ suorydt1osqng S1Oq UL TT quepnys Cl 66 0 LT 0 Pe eee reese rere ese eeeesesensssee cesesvos “at ‘Ueyoue A
0 61 19 SOCIO ICICI ICHCICICN ICI ini -/Té 18 suorjdiiosqng SiIoqulay 6¢ 66 e 9 re @ [ble '*/0\6/uib/ai*)e)élleieluisleis/elaie/avelelelaisielsicjele\elelaleivinls 09 R "L ‘qqoq
0 OL 0 Pee e es eee c reser es eeenes 9/Z 48 S007 Sloq ule] qyuepnyg , 66 —Arottorye19 pue SUTyULLg (a3
0) @ @ Bee ae OM Ae Soany eouRljUG Sioequoeyy g ‘ ©) ej {@ Sposa poor sFeudu Gkake hyp aie ssouepue}zV pur vay, **
TRRCIGGEe mercer ears | OR GT ‘raquieydeg 4108 ‘sourleg kg 0 ¢@e efaveforeceietsverelatenensls cooond Ysi-) § (016) AYISIOATU () ‘SULOONT Jo os. Ol,
0) ee "L681 Ps & “L681
"1D ‘UTUASVAAT ‘NOH ‘NOSANWOHL ‘O OVVSI HiIM INQOD0y NIT ‘1G

ALHIOOS TVYOISOTOIP TOOdUAAIT AHL

“TRANSACTIONS |

OF THE

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS
ON

BIOLOGICAL INSTITUTIONS IN LIVERPOOL,
DURING THE PRESENT CENTURY.

BY

H. O. Forzes, LL.D., F.R.G.S., F.Z.8.,

DIRECTOR OF MUSEUMS TO THE CORPORATION OF LIVERPOOL.

My first and most pleasant duty this evening is to express
my sincere thanks to the Society for the high honour
they have done me in electing me to preside over their
deliberations during the coming session. It was with
considerable reluctance that I agreed to accept this dis-
tinction, because I felt, and shall feel, that the period of
my connection with the Society has been very short, and
there are older members whose claims I should consider
ereater than any I possess, except interest in the welfare
of the Society and desire to aid in its advancement. ‘The
honour you have done me I acknowledge, and I appreciate
the good opinion and kind feeling of the Society towards
me. I shall endeavour to earn your approval by giving my
best powers to the fulfilment of the duties that appertain
to the office, at the same time claiming your indulgence
wherein I fail to attain to the excellencies of my prede-
cessors in this chair.

In turning over in my mind for a subject on which to
address you this evening, I found I had not at my command
any purely biological subject which was not too technical
for the occasion. Being sensible, in common no doubt
with many others of the stimulus to increased activity
derived from the meeting of the British Association
among us, I have thought that it might not be unprofit-

ye TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

able to review what had been done for biological science—
used in it widest sense in this city in the past century,
and the prospects for its advance in the future. |
A short account was given of the various Biological
Institutions that arose, or flourished, in Liverpool in each
of the nine and a half decades of the present century ;
the following being mentioned :—
Between 1800—1810.
The Botanic Gardens.
Bullock’s Liverpool Museum.
Between 1811—1820.
The Literary and Philosophical Society.
The Liverpool Institution.
Between 1821—1830.
The Royal Institution (The Chartered Liverpool
Institution).
Between 1831—1840.
The British Association Meeting.
The Natural History Society and its Museum.
The Zoological Gardens.
Between 1841—1850.
Amalgamation of Natural History Society and the
Literary and Philosophical Society.
The Historic Society of Lancashire and Cheshire.
Between 1851—1860.
The British Association Meeting.
The Derby (Zoological) Collection presented to the
City.
The Free Public Museum and Library established.
The Field Naturalists’ Club.
The Geological Society.
Between 1861—1870.
Publication of Morton’s Geology of the country round
Liverpool.

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 3

The Liverpool Association of Science and Arts.
The School of Science.
The Liverpool Microscopical Society.
Between 1871—1880.
The Lancashire and Cheshire Entomological Society.
Foundation of University College.
Between 1881—1890.
Foundation of the Derby Chair of Natural History in
University College.
The Liverpool Marine Biological Comnnittee.
The Biological Society.
After 1890.
Foundation of the Chair of Botany in University
College.
Meeting of the British Association for the third time.
Such is a short and imperfect sketch, if not of all,
certainly of the chief, Institutions that have kept alive the
love of Science and advanced its progress during the
century fast drawing to a close. The perfection of the
Microscope, in which Juister’s name stands eminent, and
of the methods of investigation, and the creation of the
Science of Embryology have, within even the short period
of the memory of some of us who are not yet very old,
revolutionised our Biological ideas, and opened out before
us new problems for investigation in every direction, and
as the advances made since 1860 have been gigantic,
those of the coming equal period will undoubtedly proceed
with increasing ratio. And this city, proud ofits superiority
in the commerce of the world, and daily attaining to a
more exalted position among the intellectual forces of the
country, behoves to take a large share in those advances.
The local work to be done is very great; there is scarcely
a single species, even our commonest, that will not repay
further investigation. What is needed among us is closer

4 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

union amcng our biological societies; and closer inter-
course among their workers. In the days when no
relationships were recognised between different groups of
living things, the union of societies cultivating different
branches of Science might appear of little moment; but,
as is now fully recognised, no branch is independent, the
ereatest possible benefit must accrue from the more
intimate union of our various societies.

Much money now spent in machinery, libraries, and
publications by our separate societies if funded together
would be saved, to be spent on profitable original research
and the publication of these results and of new facts
and observations, which would command the attention of
the scientific world. The valuable investigations of some
of our smaller societies are lost to a great extent by being
either not published, or buried in small Proceedings,
which fail to obtain wide dissemination. Some of our
societies again spend Jarge sums in printing papers, which
in being often condensations of other men’s work, and
not original contributions to knowledge, though excellent
as a means of diffusing knowledge when read before the
society, do not call for publication; indeed they un-
doubtedly reduce the value of the Proceedings in which
they are re-produced by increasing the price of the volume,
and thereby limiting its dissemination, if not even dis-
crediting that society’s publications, so much that their
volumes are rarely consulted. In other societies where
the funds are small, the communications of the members
have to be contributed to metropolitan or other journals.
The want of amalgamation—this working as units—and
the want of organisation, is the cause of so much less
being accomplished than might be done.

I cannot help expressing how great a disappointment
to many of us it was that the negotiations last year for our

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 5)

union with the Microscopical Society should have fallen
through. Iam still hopeful that the union between us is
but delayed for a short period. That the Entomological
Society, and the Naturalists’ Field Club should be part and
parcel of a Biological Society, aiding and deriving benefit
from the union, there is, I am sure, no doubt either among
them or among us. The Paleontologists are biologists ;
we could therefore find close bonds of union with the
Geological Society, the Geologists’ Association, and the
Historic Society of Lancashire and Cheshire. As expoun-
ders of.the ways and habits of the highest of the Primates,
that Society can find its whole aims included in a Biological
Society. Such an union of Biological Societies might
receive the name of the Liverpool Biological Institute, and
its volume of Proceedings might be arranged as 1s done at
present by the New Zealand Institute. This, the great
scientific society of that colony, consists of numerous
‘‘ Philosophical Societies’ meeting in far distant centres
all over the colony, Dunedin, Christchurch, Nelson, Wel-
lington and elsewhere. The subscriptions go to a central
fund in Wellington, whither the various papers are sent, and
after passing an editorial committee, are published in one
yearly volume under their different subjects, zoology and
anthropology, botany, geology, and miscellaneous or liter-
ary subjects each together. It is possible in this way to
publish fully, and illustrate adequately, the various papers
contributed to science in that colony. Some such scheme
seems to me of urgent importance at the present time in
Liverpool to economise our resources, to save reduplica-
tion of our scientific labours, and obtain for them adequate
dissemination and recognition and the object of these
disjointed inaugural observations 1s, if possible, to urge this
much needed coalition of our forces into a powerful and
influential society, which would exercise a predominent
influence on Biological Science in Liverpool.

6 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Yesterday while mentioning to Professor Herdman the
subject of my address and the suggestions I intended to
lay before you, he produced from a drawer a bundle of
papers which showed me that he had forestalled them by
ten years. His hope at that time was to see all the
Scientific Societies united into one, meeting at the Royal
Institution, with one fund, one conjoint publication and
one library—not several libraries, as now, reduplicating
some of their serials, and neglecting others—where the
members could read comfortably and meet each other and
their scientific friends.

Notwithstanding that my scheme has been forestalled
I need not say that it gave me great pleasure to find that
I should to-night have one able supporter in these sug-
gestions. I had dared to urge a union of the Biological
Societies only ; but I should only too heartily welcome the
larger scheme of Professor Herdman, and I venture to
commend it anew to the Presidents and Councils of all the
Scientific Societies in Liverpool, in the earnest hope that
before the close of the century, we may witness, if not,
a Royal Society of Liverpool, as I see no reason why we
should not, at least, a Liverpool Biological Institute, with
a reputation worthy of this University city, and second to
none in the kingdom for the wide scope, originality and
thoroughness of its contributions to science.

TENTH ANNUAL REPORT of the LIVERPOOL
MARINE BIOLOGY COMMITTEE and their
BIOLOGICAL STATION at PORT ERIN.

By W. A. Herpman, D.Sc., F.B.S.,

DERBY PROFESSOR OF NATURAL HISTORY IN UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL 5
CHAIRMAN OF THE LIVERPOOL MARINE BIOLOGY COMMITTEE,
AND DIRECTOR OF THE PORT ERIN STATION.

[Read December 11th, 1896.]

AmoncG the events of the past year which should be
specially mentioned are 1’, the visit of the British Assoc-
iation, which involved a. dredging expedition in Liverpool
Bay, and an excursion of several days duration to Port
Erin at the conclusion of the Liverpool meeting; and
2°, the compilation of an index list of all the species
of marine animals and plants recorded by the L.M.B.C.
during the first ten years of their work.

The Station at Port Erin has been made use of by
various members of the Committee and other naturalists
for varying periods during the year; the tanks in the
aquarium have also enabled some experiments in sea-fish
hatching to be carried out for the Lancashire Sea-
Fisheries Committee; and several students from both
Owens College, Manchester, and University College,
Liverpool, have occupied work-tables in the laboratory
during the Easter, Whitsuntide, and Summer vacations.

STATION RECORD.

The following naturalists have worked at the Port
Erin Laboratory during the past year :—

DATE, NAME, WORK.
February. Myr. 1. C. Thompson, Liverpool ... a? Copepoda.
~ Prof. W. A. Herdman, Liverpool ee Collecting.

March. . Mr. R. A. Dawson, Preston

-- Mr. Andrew Scott, Liverpool ) Sea-- Fisheries.

8 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

March.

May.

June.
July.
August.
September.

Prof. W. A. Herdman, Liverpool
Mr. I. C. Thompson, Liverpool...
Mr. Charles E. Jones, Liverpool
Mr. A. H. Burtt, Manchester
Prof. F. E. Weiss, Manchester ...
Mr. Charles E. Jones, Liverpool
Mr. A. H. Burtt, Manchester
Prof. W. A. Herdman, Liverpool
Mr E. T. Browne, London

Mr. Arnold T. Watson, Sheffield

Mr. J. A. Clubb, Liverpool

Prof. Gustave Gilson, Louvain ...
Mr. P. M. C. Kermode, Ramsey
Mr. Harold Murray, Manchester
Myr. Terry, Manchester a
Mr. E. J. W. Harvey, Liverpool
Mr. A. O. Walker, Colwyn Bay...
Mr. R. A. Dawson, Preston
Mr. R. L. Ascroft, Lytham —
Mr. Andrew Scott, Liverpool |
Miss L. R. Thornely, Liverpool...
Mr. I. C. Thompson, Liverpool...
Mr. E. T. Browne, London

Mr. Andrew Scott, Liverpool

Mr. W. Narramore, Liverpool
Rev. T. S, Lea, Liverpool

Mr. A. Dwerryhouse, Liverpool...
Rey. T. S. Lea, Liverpool

Prof. W. A. Herdman, Liverpool
Mr. A. Chopin, Manchester

Mr. J. H. Ashworth, Manchester
Prof. W. A. Herdman, Liverpool
Mr. W. Wadsworth, Manchester
Prof. R. Boyce, Liverpool

Miss L. R. Thornely, Liverpool...
Mr. J. W. Woodall, Scarborough
Mr. H. C. Chadwick, Bootle
Prof. W. A. Herdman, Liverpool
Mr. I. C. Thompson, Liverpool ...
Mr. Alfred Leicester, Kent

Prof. E. B. Poulton, Oxford

Mr. F. W. Gamble, Manchester....

Tunicata.
Copepoda.
Algee.
Algee.
Diatoms.
Algee.
Algee.
Tunicata.
Meduse.
Annelids.
Turbellaria.
Collecting.
Annelids.
General.
Collecting.
Geology.

Studying Fauna.

Amphipoda.

Sea-Fish Hatching.

Polyzoa.
Copepoda.
Meduse.
Fish.
General.
Algz, &c.
General.
Alge, &c.
General.
Actiniaria.
Annelids.
Tunicata.
General.
General.
Polyzoa.
General.
Echinoderms.
Tunicata.
Copepoda.
Mollusea.
General.

a

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 9

September. Dr. Johan Hjort, Christiania... ane Ascidians.
— Dr. J. G. de Man, Ierseke er oe General.
_ Dr. J. F. Gilchrist, Cape Town ... so General.
a Mr. Conrad Cooke, London me a General.
—_ Mr. Bedford, Cambridge = ue General.
— Prof. Magnus, Berlin
— Prof. Pfitzer, Heidelberg |
— Prof, Chodat, Geneva oN re Alge.
— Prof. Weiss, Manchester
= Prof. Zacharias, Hamburg
October. Mr. Herbertson, Edinburgh __... “a General.
November. Mr. 1. C. Thompson, Liverpool ... sl Copepoda.
— Professor W. A. Herdiman, Liverpool ... Tunicata.

In addition to these, a number of other members of the
British Association party visited the Station between
September 24th and 28th, including the Lieutenant
Governor (Lord Henniker), Six James Gell, Dr. Munro,
Dr. Montelius, Professor Haddon, and others.

This list shows an increase in the number of workers.
It is also satisfactory in containing the names of several
senior students preparing for science degrees in Victoria
University. The Councils of both the Owens College,
Manchester, and University College, Liverpool, have
arranged with the L.M.B.C. to engage by the year a
‘“‘ table’ or work-place each in the Laboratory, to be con-
stantly at the disposal of any members of the Biological
departments of the Colleges—either staff or senior
students—who may be nominated by the Professors.
The ‘‘tables”’ in question have been labelled with the
names of their respective Colleges, and the Committee
sincerely hope that a succession of students will occupy
these places and take advantage of the opportunity thus
afforded them of becoming acquainted with marine
animals and plants in their native haunts. The very
perfection of modern Laboratory methods in our Colleges
renders it the more necessary that all students of natural

10 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

science should, during some part of their course, study a
living Fauna and Flora so as to realise the natural
appearance, mode of occurrence and environment of the
forms which they know otherwise oe from books,
lectures, and preserved specimens.

The Committee of the Liverpool Free Public Museum
has also become a subscriber to the Station in order that
one or other of the officials of the museum may have the
use of a work place in the Laboratory during the period
of weeks covered by the annual subscription. Other public
bodies,’or local scientific societies are invited to become
subscribers in a similar manner (see Regulations, p. 49).

THE AQUARIUM.

Over 800 visitors paid 3d. for admission to the aquarium
during the summer when it was on exhibition, and many
other visitors, including members of the Isle of Man
Natural History and Antiquarian Society, and of the
British Association party who visited the island in
September were taken round the establishment. The
usual animals, including most of the common inyverte-
brates of the shore and shallow water, and a few fishes,
have been on exhibition. Some of the commonest forms,
such as the sea-anemones, the hermit crabs, shrimps and
prawns, and the flat-fish, are those that are most admired
and excite most interest. People, as a rule, are pleased
to see something they can recognise, and like to be told
or shown something new about an old friend.

Our visitors to the Aquarium have ranged from the
Governor (Lord Henniker) and his party to the fisher lads
of the neighbourhood and the “ trippers’”’ from the inland
towns of Lancashire and Yorkshire. We hear many
curious remarks, and extraordinary opinions, in regard to
the lower living things in the sea, when we take visitors

i

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. EE

round the Aquarium. It is remarkable how prevalent the
idea still is, even amongst people with some education,
that sea-anemones, meduse, and sponges are not living
things, but are merely “‘ growths” as they express 1t; and
I have more than once, when talking about some well
known fish which was swimming before us in the tank,
been interrupted with the incredulous—almost indignant
—exclamation, ‘‘ But a fish is not an animal—is it?”
Some are incredulous in regard to the real life-histories
and habits we tell them of, or show them; others are
extraordinarily credulous as to impossible stories they
‘“‘have heard”’ of our doings on dredging expeditions.
The boatmen of the neighbourhood apparently regale the
summer visitors with sensational accounts of the wonders
we find in the deep sea. A party of ladies and children
came to the Aquarium on one occasion, and after looking
anxiously round the tanks said, ‘‘ But where are the
pigmy elephants? We were told that you had dredged
up some sea-elephants three inches long with tusks and
trunk complete.’’ Whether this was a highly-coloured
version of our having found some large living specimens
of Dentaliwnr, the so-called ‘“‘ tusk shell” or ‘‘ elephants’
tooth shell,” or was wholly imaginary, we failed to
discover.

Children are usually much interested in our tanks, and
with a little encouragement and help become keen
collectors and quick observers. We have had many
specimens of anemones, crabs, worms, and small fish
brought to us from the rock-pools by boys and girls, who
then take an additional interest in the tank or dish they
have helped to stock, and bring their companions to see
“the ones I caught.” If we are able by some little
experiment, or some observations, to demonstrate to them
from their own specimens a fact in Natural History or an

12. TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

example of some principle of Biology, not only does it
add to their gratification but I am sure has considerable
‘educational influence by opening their minds to new
realms of thought, new methods of questioning nature.

For example, if a boy brings us a light-coloured shanny
caught in a shallow exposed pool, we can place the little
fish in a deep vessel in semi-darkness under a table, or
cover it with some brown sea-weed, the result being that
when the boy comes next day to look for his specimen, he
has been known to exclaim, “‘ Hullo! where is my
shanny ? There is only a black one here.” It is then
easy, by putting the fish into a shallow white dish in the
bright sunlight, in a short time to turn the black shanny
into what he recognises as the light-coloured one he
caught. You can then tell him of the beautiful pigment
cells of the skin and show them to him under the micro-
scope in a small living fish, in a watch-glass full of sea-
water. You can show him a speckled shrimp hiding in
sand and a mottled shrimp in gravel, aud the little prawn
Virbius which may be almost any colour according as you
change its surroundings from green to red or to dark
brown sea-weeds. You explain the difference in pig-
mentation on the upper and lower sides of a flat fish, you
remind him of the Chameleon, tell of Sir Joseph Lister’s
observations on the change of colour in the skin of the
Frog, and—most beautiful experiment of all—show him
the ‘‘ blushing ”’ of the newly-born cuttle-fish. From this
there opens up a wide range of physiology, of the influence
of light and the controlling action of nerves, not to
mention natural selection and evolution in general.

This is only one of many examples that might be taken.
Almost any of the commion marine animals, if carefully
watched as to structure and habits, show us interesting
cases of adaptation to their surroundings and mode of life.

*

i

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 13

We are often asked about the sea-anemones of Port
Erin. It may be useful to give here a list of the different
kinds we have found round the southern end of the
Isle of Man, between Fleshwick Bay and Port St. Mary.
One of the best places to collect anemones is the Calf
Sound, especially on the group of rocks called ‘‘ The
Cletts,” at low water. Myr. A. Chopin, of Manchester,
has kindly given me some additions to the list. I give
first the correct modern* name of each species, then after
each is placed in brackets the name used by Gosse in the
‘“ Actinologia Britannica,’ the book generally consulted,
or any other name that has been much employed, and
finally is given in each case the English name used by
Gosse and other writers.

SHA-ANEMONES (ACTINIARIA) OF Port ERIN.

Family I. PRoTanrHipa.

Corynactis viridis, Allm. (do. Gosse) —The Globehorn.
Capnea sanguinea, Forb. (do.)—The Crock.

Family I]. Hexactinipz.

Halcampa chrysanthellum, Peach (do.)—the Sand Pintlet.

Anemonia sulcata, Penn. (Anthea cerews)—the Opelet.

Actima equina, Linn. (A. mesembryanthemum)—the
Beadlet.

Bunodes verrucosa, Penn. (B. gemmacea)—the Gemlet.

Urticina crassicorms, Mull. (Tealia crassicornis) —The
Dahlia Wartlet, or Crass.

Sagartia minata, Gosse (Heliactis miniata)—the
Scarlet-fringed Anemone.

Sagartia venusta, Gosse (Heliactis venusta)—the Orange-
disked Anemone.

* Professor Haddon has kindly revised the nomenclature and classification,

14 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Sagartia nwvia, Gosse (Heliactis nivea)—the Snowy
Anemone.

Sagartia rosea, Gosse (Heliactis rosea)—the Rosy
Anemone.

Sagartia sphyrodeta, Gosse (Sagartia sphyrodeta)—the
Sandalled Anemone.

Sagartia lacerata, Dall. (? not distinguished by Gosse).

Cylista viduata, Mull. (Sagartia viduata)—the Snake-
locked Anemone.

Cylista undata, Mull. (Sagartia troglodytes)—the Cave-
dwelling Anemone.

Cereus pedunculatus, Penn. (Sagartia bellis)—the Daisy
Anemone. ;

Adamsia palliata, Boh. (Adamsia palliata)—the Cloak
Anemone. 7

Metridium dianthus, Ellis (Actinoloba dianthus)—the
Plumose Anemone. |

Paraphellia expansa, Hadd. (not known to Gosse).

Family III. ZoanrHipaé.

Epizoanthus arenaceus, D. Ch. (Zoanthus couchw)—the
Sandy Creeplet.

Family IV. CERIANTHIDA.

Cerianthus lloydi, Gosse (do.)—the Vestlet.
Of many of these species several marked varieties
Occuim

——————

SEA-FisH HATCHING.

In several previous reports we have discussed the suit-
ability of the Port Erin Biological Station as a hatching
establishment for sea-fish. No public body seems willing
to move in the matter to the extent of erecting the
necessary building and plant; but, with the help of a

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 1s

small grant to fit up temporary wooden tanks, we under-
took, during the last hatching season (Easter 1896), a series
of experiments for the Lancashire Sea-Fisheries Com-
mittee. As the result of these experiments we success-
fully fertilised the eggs (obtained from the parent fish
caught with the trawl) of the grey Gurnard (Trigla
gurnardus), the lemon Sole (Pleuronectes microcephalus),
and the Witch (Pleuronectes cynoglossus), and kept them
in the tanks until they hatched out as young larve. We
were not prepared in this first season to proceed with
the rearing ; but we propose, with additional tanks and
an improved circulation of water, to carry the experiments
a stage further next year.

Last spring we fitted up, in the lower floor of the
Aquarium house, three wooden hatching tanks, each 5
ft. by 3 ft. by 1 ft., and so arranged lke steps that water
could flow by bamboo spouts covered with a fine silk net
through the series of tanks. From the lowest wooden tank
the water fell into the concrete floor tank, into which
dipped an endless chain formed of an india-rubber belt
bearing numerous little buckets. This chain of buckets
revolved on a drum, octagonal in section, which was kept
in motion by india-rubber belting passing from its axle
to a pulley on a large water wheel actuated by the fresh
water tap.*

Consequently, by turning the tap the whole apparatus
was set in motion, and the sea-water from the concrete
floor tank was raised by the little buckets and emptied
into a sloping wooden trough which guided it to the upper
hatching tank. Thus the same water was used over again,

* The tanks and the water motor apparatus were made most carefully and
ingeniously, from my plans, by Mr. R. Garner, superintendent of the wood-
working department at University College, Liverpool,

16 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

a couple of gallons of fresh sea-water being added to the
system every day.

During the period when the apparatus was working the
temperature and the specific gravity of the water in the
tanks kept fairly constant, the extremes of the range
being :—

Temperature from 50° to 58° F., and

Specific gravity from 0°0265 to 0:0270.

Each of the three tanks had a partition 1 foot from its
outflow end which stopped 2 inches from the top, and a
second partition 6 inches nearer the end, which reached
the top but stopped short 2 inches from the bottom of the
tank. In the two compartments imperfectly separated by
this last partition, clean washed sand was placed so as to
reach to about 4 inches from the bottom. Consequently
all water escaping from the tank had to flow over the
first partition and wnder the second, filtering through the
bed of sand as it went. The object of this was to form
a sand trap which would let the water pass through, but
keep back the suspended fish eges and embryos. By this
method the same water can be used to circulate through
several tanks containing different kinds of embryos.

A more detailed account of these fish-hatching experi-
ments at Port Erin will be given in the Annual Report
of the Sea-Fisheries Laboratory to the Lancashire
Committee.

DREDGING EXPEDITIONS.

Since the last report, the Committee have organised
eight dredging expeditions, nearly all in steamers, as
follows :—

I. November 24, 1895.—-Small boats. Localities
dredged :—-Port Erin Bay, in depths up to 7 fathoms.

iG February 2, 1896.—Hired steamer ‘Rose Ann.’

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. Hy

Localities dredged and trawled:—Through the Calf
Sound, and off its eastern and western ends, at depths of
16 to 20 fathoms.

Ill. March 14, 1896.—Sea-Fisheries steamer ‘ John
Fell.’ Off Port Erin.

IV. April 5, 1896.—Hired steamer ‘Rose Ann.’
Localities trawled :—Out in the deep channel, 12 miles
S.W. of Calf; bottom reamy mud, with many spawning
fish ; depths 40 to 50 fathoms.

V. April 21-24, 1896.—Sea-Fisheries steamer ‘ John
Fell.’ Localities trawled :—Deep channel, 12 miles 8. W.
of Calf, and further north to opposite Port Erin ; also
west of Dalby, 8 miles off; reamy bottom; depths 20
to 40 fathoms.

VI. May 29 and 30, 1896.—Sea-Fisheries steamer
‘John Fell.’ lLocalities:—Hstuary of the Wyre and
around Piel Island, in Barrow Channel; shallow water.

VII. August 31, 1896.—Mr. Woodall’s S.Y. ‘ Vallota.’
Localities dredged and trawled :—Between Port Erin and
Calf Island; depth 17 to 22 fathoms.

VIII. September 19, 1896.—Sea-Fisheries steamer
‘John Fell.’ Localities :—Liverpool Bay, Hilbre Swash
and the Rock Channel; 4 to 10 fathoms.

Two of these expeditions—those at Easter in the ‘ Rose
Ann,’ and at the end of April in the ‘John Fell’—were
particularly successful, and resulted in the capture of a
number of new and interesting species. Amongst these
is a large green Gephyrean worm, which is either Thalas-
sema gigas, M. Muller, or a new species of Thalassema
with a remarkable pigment (see p. 25) ; and a Cumacean,
for which a new genus is necessary.

Additions have been made during the year to most of
the groups of invertebrate animals, and these will be
found noted in the lists below; in addition Mr. A. O. Walker

18 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

has prepared the following special account of the higher
Crustacea obtained on these expeditions :—

CRUSTACEA.

The following species of MAnacostRaca have been
added to the fauna since the last report. Nearly all were
dredged off the 8. end of the Isle of Man in the ‘John
Fell’ expedition, from April 22 to 24, 1896.

PODOPHTHALMA :—Portunus corrugatus (Pennant).—
S.E. of Calf Sound, 26 fathoms.

Nika edulis, Risso.—Co. Down Coast (Ascroft); and
from stomach of whiting, 12m. 8.W. of Chicken Rock,
33 fathoms.

SCHIZOPODA :—Hrythrops serrata, G. O. Sars; 12 m.
S.W. of Chicken Rock, 33 fathoms.

Sirvella armata (M. Edw.). Port Erin harbour, April.

Cumacra :—Family Leuconide—Leuconopsis, n. gen.

Female with a distinct two-jointed appendage to the
fourth pair of feet, not furnished with natatory sete.
Lower antennee short, with the third joint conical, with a
minute one-jointed rudimentary flagellum. Rami of
uropoda subequal.

Male with the third pair of feet each provided on the
second joint with a pair of curved blade-like processes.

Remaining characters as in Leuwcon.

Leuconopsis ensifer, n. sp.

Female :—Carapace about as long as the free thoracic
segments, dorsal crest of fourteen teeth beginning about
the middle of the upper margin, and curving down to the
base of the rostrum ; a small tooth on the upper and near
the posterior margin; lower margin with the anterior
half coarsely toothed, and forming with the anterior
margin an acute angle the upper portion of which is
finely toothed. Rostrum about quarter the length of

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 19

the carapace, obliquely truncate; almost horizontal ;
lower margin with two or three teeth near the extremity
and two or three near the base.

Fourth pair of legs with an exopodite or imperfect
natatory appendage, two-jointed, reaching nearly to the
end of the first joint, which is almost as long as the
remaining four.

Telson triangular, as in Leuwcon.

Uropoda with peduncle and both rami subequal in
length; peduncle almost spineless, inner ramus with six
unequal spines on the inner and two on the outer side of
the first jot; second joimt with two very short and —
slender spines on the inside; outer ramus obliquely
truncate, with five plumose sete on the mner side and
four at the end. Length 5} mm.

Male :—Upper margin of carapace as long as the free
seoments ; lower margin with five or six teeth on the
anterior half increasing in size anteriorly, forming a right
angle with the anterior margin which has five teeth just
below the rostrum, the second from the rostrum being
the largest ; rostruia horizontal, blunt, about one-sixth
the length of the carapace, with five small teeth on the
lower margin.

First pair of legs with seven teeth on the lower margin
of the first joint. Second pair with a large spine at the
distal end of the second, and two unequally long spines
at the end of the third joint. Third pair with an append-
age on the second joint, consisting of two parallel curved
blades, twice as long as the succeeding three joints.
Length 83 mm.

The above interesting species has a general resemblance
to Leucon, from which genus, however, it may be at once
distinguished by the appendages on the fourth pair of
legs in the female and the third pair in the male. It was

20 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

taken in the tow net attached to the back of the trawl net
on April 22, 12 m. 8.W. of Chicken Rock, 33 fathoms.

Hudorella emarginata (Kroyer).—One female. Same
locality as last.

Campylaspis glabra, G. O. Sars.—Three specimens,
from same locality as last. A Mediterranean species, not
previously recorded from British Seas. I have specimens
taken by Mr. Ascroft off the Ile d’ Yeu.

AMPHIPODA :—Normanion quadrimanus (Bate and
Westwood).—One small specimen ; length 2 mm., 6 miles
W.S.W. of Calf, 23 fathoms.

Stenothoe crassicornirs; n. sp.

Three males. Same locality as last.

Mandibles without a palp.

Maxillipedes with the basal lobe very small, divided to
its base.

Antenne stout, the flagellum of the lower but little
longer than the last joint of the peduncle ; its first joint
almost as long as the remaining four together.

First gnathopods as in S. marina.

Second gnathopods with the palm of the propodos
defined near the base by a triangular tooth, the distal
extremity expanded and cut into four blunt lobes, of
which the proximal is much the largest; dactylus with a
prominence on the inner margin, coinciding with the
palmar lobus.

Pereopods short and strong, the third (meros) joint in
the last three pairs much produced backwards, as in
Probolium calcaratwm, G. O. Sars.

Third uropods with four spines on the upper surface of
the peduncle, which is twice as long as the first joint of
the ramus.

Telson with three pairs of dorsal spines on its proximal
half, the first pair the smallest. Length 2 mm.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 21

: In the form of the hand of the second gnathopods this
| species approaches S. tenella, G.O.S., and S. dollfusi,
Chevreux ; but both these (perhaps identical) species are
remarkable for the length and slenderness of their
antenne and pereopods.

Halimedon parvimanus, Sp. Bate.—Five or six speci-
mens, 12 m. §.W. of Chicken Rock, 33 fathoms.

Argissa hamatipes (Norman)=Syrrhoé hamatipes,
Norman, ‘ Brit. Ass. Rep.,’ 1868 (1869). p. 279. Same
locality as last.--Two females, one with ova, 2 mm. long.

Fie. 1.—Plan of the L.M.B.C. District.

Zr voor

chin Hilbrel. &

Prof. G. O. Sars, with some hesitation, follows Boeck
in placing Argissa among the Pontoporeiide, but there
can be little doubt that Canon A. M. Norman was right
in classing it with the Syrrhoide.,

22 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Gammarus campylops, Leach.—Brackish pond near
Colwyn Bay; also Port Erin harbour.

Fie. 2.—Section across the Irish Sea through Douglas.

LANCASH! RE
IRELAND ISLE. OF MAN

OTHER ADDITIONS TO THE FAUNA.

In making a thorough revisal of our lists of the Local
Fauna and Flora for the purpose of presenting a com-
plete report to the British Association at the recent
Liverpool meeting, it was found that some species we had
discovered in the past had escaped record, a few others
had been recorded under names that have now been
superseded, while a considerable number of previously
unknown forms have turned up as the result of the year’s
work. It was stated in the British Association Report
that all these species would be duly recorded, with their
localities, in this the Tenth Annual Report. They are as
follows* :—

FORAMINIFERA :—Hyperamnuina arborescens, Norm., off
Peel, Isle of Man.
Gypsina vesicularis, P. & J., off the Isle of Man.
COELENTERATA :—Coryne vaginata, Hincks, I. of Man 8.
Corynorpha nutans, Sars, off Port Krin.
Hybocodon prolifer, Agassiz, off Port Erin.
Podocoryne carnea, Sars, off Port Erin.
Phialidium temporariwm, Browne, off Port Erin.

*For these additional records we are indebted to a number of the
Naturalists who are now working at the Fauna of the Irish Sea—especially
to Dr. G. W. Chaster, Mr. J. C. Thompson, Mr. A. Leicester, Mr. E. TT:
Browne, Mr. A, O. Walker Miss L. R. Thornely, and Mr. Andrew Scott,

i ey

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 23

Tiaropsis multicirrata (Sars), off Port Erin.
Agalmopsis elegans, Sars, off Port Erin.

—Virgularia nurabilis, Lamk., off the west of the Isle
of Man, deep water.

VERMES :—Planaria littorals, Van Ben., Port Erin.

Thalassema, sp. (2n.sp.), deep water off Port Erin.
Polynoe reticulata, Clap., this is recorded in Vol. III.
of ‘‘ Fauna,” p. 136, as P. extenuata, Grube.
P. semsculpta, John. Recorded in Vol. III, p. 1387,
as P. propinqua, Mern.

Chetopterus variopedatus, Ren. Recorded as C.
msignis, Baird, in Vol. III., p. 158.

Arenicola ecaudata, John., Port Erin, &c.

Autolytus longisetosus (Orsted), Port Erin.

Flabelligera affinms, Megrn., recorded in Vol. IIL,
p. 159, as Siphonostoma diplochaitos, Otto.

Ponyzoa :—Membrampora spinfera, Johnst., off Garwick

Head, and off South Coast, Isle of Man.
Schizoporella aldert, Busk, off the West Coast of the
Isle of Man.
Smittria chertlostoma, Manz., on shells, dredged off the
Calf of Man.
Cylindrecium gigantewm, Busk, Puffin Island.
Lozosoma phascolosomatum, Vogt, on Phascolosoma
vulgare, from near Puffin Island.

CRUSTACEA :—Portunus corrugatus (Penn.), 8.H. Calf

Sound, 26 faths.
Nika edulis, Risso, Co. Down Coast, 12 m. S.S.W.
of Chicken Rock, in whiting’s stomach.
Hrythrops serrata, G. O. Sars, 12m. 8.W. of Chicken
Rock, 33 faths.
Sirtella armata (M. Edw.), Port Erin Harbour, April.
Nebalia bipes, (M. Edw.), 12 m. 8.W. of Chicken
Rock, 33 faths,

24 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Leuconopsis ensifer, A. O. Walker, 12 m. 8.W. of
Chicken Rock, 33 faths. (new genus—see p. 14).

Eudorella emarginata, (Kroyer), 12 m. 8.W. er
Chicken Rock, 33 faths.

Campylaspis glabra, G. O. Sars, 12 m. S.W. of
Chicken Rock, 33 faths.

Normanton quadrvmanus (Bate & Westwood), 6 m.
W.S.W. of Calf, 23 fathoms.

Stenothoe crassicornis, A. O. Walker, same locality.

Halimedon parvimanus, Sp. Bate, 12 m. 8.W. of
Chicken Rock.

Argissa hamatipes (Norman), same locality.

Gammarus canmpylops, Leach, brackish Pond, near
Colwyn Bay; and Port Erin Harbour.

OsTRACODA :—(?) Argillecia cylindrica, Sars, off Peel,

Isle of Man, 50 faths.

Bairdia acanthigera, Brady, off Southport, 25 faths.

Cythere albomaculata, Baird, Southport, and Port St.

Mary.
C. globulifera, Brady, near Nelson buoy, off Ribble,
14 faths.

C. lutea, O. F. M., in Laminaria, Port St. Mary.

C. robertsont, Brady, Southport shore.

Eucythere declivis, Norman, off Peel, 50 faths.; and
Nelson buoy, 14 faths.

Cytherura nigrescens, Baird, Roosebeck Mussel Bed.

C. acuticostata, Sars, Southport, and Nelson buoy, 14
faths.

Cytheropteron punctatum, Brady, off Peel, 50 faths.

Paradoxostoma flexuosum, Brady, Roosebeck Mussel
Bed.

Cytheridea elongata, Brady, Morecambe Mussel Beds.

C. torosa, Jones, Nelson buoy, 14 faths,

wes ee, lL ee rn

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 25

Cytherideis subulata, Brady, Roosebeck Mussel Bed.
Bythocythere simplex, Norman, off Peel, 50 faths.
CopPpEPoDA :—Scolecithria hibernica, A. Scott, between

Isle of Man and Ireland, off County Down Coast.

Centropages typicus, Kroyer, off Port Erin.

Pseudocyclops crassiremis, Brady, in Neritic material,
off Spanish Head.

P. obtusatus, Brady and Rob., in Neritic material, off
Spanish Head.

Lanvippi proteus, Clap., from Alcyoniwm digitatum,
off Peel, Isle of Man.

L. forbest, T. Scott, from Alcyontwm digitatum,
trawled off Peel, Isle of Man.

Stenhelia herdmani, A. Scott, in Neritic material, off
Spanish Head.

Stenhelia similis, A. Scott, in Neritic material, off
Spanish Head. }

Canthocamptus palustris, Brady, Ainsdale Mussel Bed.

Tetragoniceps trispinosus, A. Scott, in Neritic mater-
ial, off Spanish Head.

Laophontodes bicornis, A. Scott, in Neritic material,
off Spanish Head.

Thalestris forficuloides, T. and A. Scott, off Port Erin.

Pseudothalestris major, T. and A. Scott, off Port Erin.

Idya elongata, A. Scott, Morecambe Mussel Beds.

Parartotrogus richardi, T. and A. Scott, off Peel,
amongst refuse.

Collocheres elegans, A. Scott, off Port Erin.

Chondracanthus merlucct, Holt, from Hake, caught
off Calf of Man.

Lerneonema spratta, Sow., from Sprats caught in the
Mersey.

Lerneopoda galei, Kr., from dogfish caught in Menai
Straits,

26 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

PycnoGconipa :—Nymphon rubrum, Hodge, Turbot Hole,
Puffin Island.

Monuusca :—Mytilus phaseclinus, Phil., Isle of Man, 8.
Leda minuta, Mull., var. brevirostris, Jeff., Port Erin.
Mactra solida, var. truncata, Mont., Puftin Island.
Mactra subtruncata, var. striata, Brown, Southport.

a var. inequalis, Jeff., Southport. |
Saxicava rugosa, var. arctica, L., Isle of Man South.
Panopea plicata, Mont., Southport.

Teredo megotara, Han., and var. mionota, Southport.
ie norvegica, Speng., var. divaricata, Desh., South-
port.
Siphonodentalium lofotense, Sars, off Peel, I. of Man.
Trochus zizyphinus, var. humilor, Jeff., Port Erin.
Emarginula fissura, var. elata, Jeff., central area.
Rissoa striatula, Mont., Waterloo.
R. zetlandica, Mont., Isle of Man, South.
R. striata, var. arctica., Lov., Puffin Island, Port
Erin, and Port St. Mary.
: var. distorta, Mar., Puffin Island.

Hydrobia ventrosa, Mont., Colwyn Bay and South-
port.

Odostomia minima, Jeff., Isle of Man South; and
Puffin Island.

O. clavula, Lov., Southport.

O. rissoides, var. glabrata, off Port Erin. |
O. albella, Liov., Port St. Mary.
,, var. subcylindrica, Marsh., Port Erin.

O. insculpta, Mont., Puffin Island, Southport and

Isle of Man South.

O. turrita, var. nana, Jeff., Port Erin.

QO. interstincta, var. suturalis, Phil., Southport, Puffin
Tsland, and Isle of Man.

Cerithiwm perversum, L., Isle of Man South,

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 27

Buccnum undatum, ., var. lttoralis, King,

Southport.

i var. jordont, Chaster (MS.),
Southport.

3 monstr. acuwminatum, Brod.,
Southport.

Trophon truncatus, Str., var. alba, Jeff., Port Erin.
Fusus propinquus, Ald., var. yeffrestana, Fisch. (see
Fauna, vol. I., p. 244).

F. antiquus, L., var. alba, Jeff., Isle of Man South.

F’, gracilis, Da C., var. convoluta, Jeff., Port Erin.

Defrancia linearis, Mont., and var. equalis, Jeff.,

Isle of Man.

Pleuwrotoma attenuata, Mont., Isle of Man South.

Utriculus truncatulus, var. pellucida, Bro., Puffin I.

U. mammillatus, Phil., Isle of Man South.

Philine catena, Mont., Isle of Man South.

Melampus bidentatus, var. alba, Turt., Isle of Man S.
Tunicata :—Fritillaria, sp., Port Erin.
CEPHALOCHORDA :—Branchiostoma lanceolatwm, Pall.
PIscEs :—Zeugopterus norvegicus, Gunth., $.W. of Chicken

Rock.
Mamaia :—Phoca vitulina, Linn., Mersey.

Balenoptera musculus, Linn., North Coast of Wales.

OTHER INVESTIGATIONS.

The Rev. T. 8. Lea has been continuing his observa-
tions on the distribution of the species of sea-weeds and
associated animals on the shore at Port Erin. He has
produced a very beautiful series of photographs which
were exhibited in the Loan Museum at the British
Association Meeting, and were also shown as lantern
slides to section D. at one of the forenoon sittings.
Besides photographs of Algw, natural size, 7m s¢tu, and as

28 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

microscopic objects, Mr. Lea has a number of views into
rock pools, taken with his vertical camera, showing
anemones fully expanded and fish lying on variously
coloured floors. Some of the foreign Biologists were
much pleased with these photographs, and Mr. Lea has
supplied Prof. Chodat with a number of reproductions of
the lantern slides for use in lectures at the University of
Geneva. Mr. Lea has kindly presented the complete
series of his photographs as lantern slides to the New
Museum of Zoology at University College, where they
will be permanently on exhibition, classified and labelled,
so as to illustrate the littoral fauna and flora at the south
end of the Isle of Man.

The large green Thalassema of which several specimens,
all more or less mutilated, were trawled from the deep
water to the S.W. of Port Erin at Easter, seems to be an
undescribed form. It must be; when perfect, about 20
cm. in length over all, and 10 or 12 mm. in average thick-
ness. The extended proboscis measures about 10 cm. in
length, and 15 to 20 mm. in breadth. In appearance it
most nearly resembles T. gigas, M. Muller, but differs
from that species in the relative proportions of body and
proboscis, in the greater breadth of the proboscis, and in
the shape of its extremity. The colour is a rich green.
Prof. Lankester, who has seen one of the specimens, calls
it a ‘‘ beautiful chrome green,” and says “‘ it is exactly the
colour of my specimen of Hanungia.”

Our species differs from Hamingia (as defined by
Lankester) in having strong sete present at the genital
pores in the female, and from Bonellia (another allied,
ereen form) in the shape of the proboscis and other
particulars. It is, in its anatomical characters, a member
of the genus Thalassema, but differs in some points from
all the known species. The ciliated funnels of the cloacal

‘
}
:
d
;

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 29

nephridia are borne on branched twigs of a snow white
colour given off by the dark brown central tube of the
organ. ‘There is only a single pair of anterior nephridia.
These contain ova, but no rudimentary males were found.
All our specimens are females. A full description, with
figures, of this new species will be published shortly.

Prof. Sherrington and Dr. Noél Paton have indepen-
dently investigated the green pigment spectroscopically.
They report that it is a very remarkable and apparently
unknown pigment which is not allied to hemoglobin or
chlorophyll. It is not a respiratory pigment and is
apparently nearer to “‘ bonellein,’ described by Dr. Sorby
from the Gephyrean Bonellia viridis, than to any other
known pigment, but differs markedly in some respects and
cannot be identical with it. Prof. Sherrington gives the
spectral characters as follows :—‘‘ The solution of the
pigment in formol (5% solution) exhibited considerable
absorption of the violet end of the spectrum (nearly as far
as solar line F’, to A 468), less of the red end (to solar a,
716), and a single broad band of absorption in the red
between C and D with its centre at \ 617 and extending
from ’ 602 to 4 630*. No other absorption band existed.
Hemoglobin in formol solution exhibits the spectrum of
reduced hemoglobin. There is no similarity between the
spectrum of the pigment here examined and that of
hemoglobin. On the other hand the position of the band
recalls that of the strong band given by bonellein \ 643
to 4 617 (Sorby). But bonellein was not examined in
formol solution. No other definite absorption band was
given by the Thalassema pigment in formol.”’

Mr. J. H. Ashworth, Demonstrator of Zoology at the
Owens College, spent some weeks at Port Krinin August,
and besides collecting, preserving, and examining various

* Dr, Noél Paton gives the centre of the band at A 640,

30 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

marine forms devoted himself specially to the imvestiga-
tion of the Lug-worms, Arenicola. The following extract
is from a letter written by Mr. Ashworth to the Hon.
Director on leaving the Laboratory :—‘‘ During the last
weeks I was engaged nearly all the time upon Arenicola.
I took your advice and went over to Bay-ny-Carrickey last
Monday, and in about one-and-a-half-hour’s searching
obtained five specimens of Avenicola ecaudata, and on
Wednesday I went to the same place again and obtained
about a dozen more. I have got the ova and sperms
from them, the latter almost ripe, and I have made several
dissections and find many points of difference between
this species and Arenicola piscatorum. I intend to follow
this work up after my return to College in October. I
have enjoyed my visit to Port Erin very much, and have
found the laboratory very convenient for work. I am
greatly obliged to you for the many valuable suggestions
and help you have given me while I have been there, and
I thank you most sincerely for them.”

Mr. Ashworth is preparing a paper on Arenicola
piscatorum and A. ecaudata, which will be laid before the
Liverpool Biological Society during the present session.

Professor Weiss reports that he investigated the —

Diatoms of the plankton during the month of April, with
special reference to the variation in the preponderance of
the various forms at different times. In this connection he
observed the breaking-up of the protoplasm of Chetoceros
and Coscinodiscus into eight or sixteen nucleated masses
within the parent frustule, as recently described by Mr.
George Murray before the Linnean Society of London
(June 18th). He also collected a large quantity of the
Coralline Algee, both shore and deep water forms, an
account of which he is preparing for the Liverpool
Biological Society.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. OL

Mr. Hiern, with the assistance of several other Botanists
present at the Biological Station at the end of September,
compiled a list of Manx plants which will appear shortly.
in the “‘ Journal of Botany.”

Dr. C. H. Hurst reports as follows in regard to some
specimens of Nymphon dredged from the ‘ Turbot hole,”’
near Puffin Island :—

“There were 14 specimens :—

1 was a typical N. gracile.

3 were spiny N. gracile.

2 N. gracile, but with flat ocular tubercle.

2 N. gracile, but with the tarsus of N. brevitarse.
3 ,, young, and doubtfully N. gracile.

3 ,, recorded as N. rubrum—but none were red.

“The average species-monger would make sx species
of those 14 specimens out of one ‘‘hole.” In spit
of the decision of Sars that N. gracile and N. “‘rub
rum’’ (which is not red) are distinct, I do not believe
they are. ‘Typical specimens of both were found as well

3)

9)

as some specimens possessing some characters of N.
brevitarse: but there were also found, in the same hole,
other forms which bridge over the gap between the sup-
posed species. The differences between the most extreme
forms were less than those between individuals of Bombus
terrestris (workers) found in a single nest and far less
than the differences between Araschnia (Vanessa) prorsa
and A. levana, which are now known to be a single
species. The species (N. gracile-rubrum-brevitarse) may
be a polymorphic species, but I believe it is one species
and not three.”’

Mr. James Hornell has supplied the following notes as
being supplementary to his Report on the Polychzetous
Annelids of the L.M.B.C. District published in vol. 11. of
the “ Fauna” (and Trans. L’pool Biol. Soc., vol. v., p. 228).

32. TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

‘The following remarks are intended to bring the above
Report up to the present date, so far as the writer (who
has been absent from the district for several years) is able.

p- 233. Polynoe extenuata, here mentioned, should be
referred to P. reticulata, Claparede.

p. 234. Polynoe propinqua, Mgrn. is the Lepidonotus
semisculptus of Johnston's Brit. Museum Catalogue, and
hence should appear now as Polynoé semisculpta.

p. 235. Undoubtedly the P. floccosa of Prof. M‘Intosh’s
list is also a synonym for the last named species, P.
semisculpta.

p. 255. Joyeux Lafuie (Archiv. d. Zool. Exp. (Ser. 2),
viu., p. 244, 1890) shows that only one European species
of Chetopterus exists, viz., C. variopedatus, Ren., hence
this name replaces that of C. insignis.

p. 256. The form here entered as Stiphonostoma dip-
lochaitos has been shown by further investigation to be
the Flabelligera affuus of Malmgren.

p. 248. Here is given a note on the embryology of
Arenicola and of Scoloplos, and while the remarks relating
to the latter have been found to require no correction,
my experience on the Jersey Coast has brought up facts
which show that an error was made as to the parent
species of those larve described as belonging to Arentcola;
hence this note must be corrected by the substitution of
the name Phyllodoce maculata for that of Arenicola.
With this alteration of name the description holds good.
In the description of pl. xiv., figs. 12 to 21 refer therefore
to the embryology of Phyllodoce maculata, and not to
Arenicola.”’

Since Mr. Hornell left Liverpool for Jersey three
additional species of Polycheta have been added, viz.,
Arenwcola ecaudata, Johnston, Magelona papillicornts,
Mull., and Awtolytus longisetosus, Orst.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 33

Professor Boyce has continued his important investi-
gations into the bacteriology of the oyster and its
possible connection with disease in man. He has drawn
up a report upon the subject which was read before the
Liverpool Meeting of the British Association. As an |
account of the present state of the question, and a
summary of Prof. Boyce’s bacteriological work will be
given, in a few weeks, in the Annual Report of the Lan-
cashire Sea-Fisheries Laboratory, 1t is unnecessary to do
more here than to state that the fresh experiments on
inoculating Oysters with the typhoid Bacillus and keeping
them under observation, both in stagnant and in running
sea-water, show (1) that the typhoid organism does not
multiply in the stomach or tissues of the Oyster, (2) that
Oysters fresh from the sea contain fewer bacteria (chiefly
the common colon bacillus) than those that have been
stored or kept in shops, and (3) the power of the Oyster
to get rid of bacterial infection when placed in a stream
of running water, there being a great diminution or total
disappearance of the Bacillus typhosus in from one to
seven days.

Mr. Edward T. Browne has sent me the following notes
on the species of Meduse, and other constituents of the
pelagic fauna, taken by him at Port Erin during his work
there in April 1896 :—

“This visit to Port Erin in April, 1896, was specially
made to obtain more specimens of the interesting medusa
Hybocodon prolifer, for the completion of my work on the
development of its ova. This medusa was fairly plentiful
in 1898, and very abundant in April 1894, but was un-
fortunately absent in 1896.

“The pelagic fauna throughout the whole of April 1896.
was conspicuously poor in meduse and other pelagic
animals usually found in the spring of the year. This

34 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

scarceness is difficult to account for, as the previous
winter had been mild and the spring favourable for an
early fauna.

“The temperature of the sea was 48°F. at the beginning
of April, two degrees higher than in 1894, when the
temperature did not reach 48° until 26th of April. The
fauna, nevertheless, was more like that usually recorded
for February than for April. Diatoms throughout the
month were exceedingly abundant and aided by the
gelatinous alge quickly clogged the meshes of the tow-
net. Often when the can at the end of the net was
emptied into a glass bottle, the contents had the appear-
ance of thick pea-soup, so great was the abundance of
diatoms.

“The medusze showed a decrease in the number of
species compared with 1894, and a great decrease in
quantity, especially in the case of Margellium octopunc-
tatwm, which swarmed in the Bay in 1894, but of which
only four specimens were taken in 1896. Another notice-
able feature was that all the medusex, except Obelia, were
young forms and usually belonged to the earliest free-
swimming stage.

“The ctenophores usually plentiful in Port Erin Bay in
the spring were entirely absent. A species of Fritillaria
made its first appearance on 21st of April, and a single
specimen of the larval Magelona on 29th of April.

“A galmopsis elegans, Sars (recorded as Halistenuma, sp.?
Fauna, iv. p. 279), first taken in April 1894, did not make
its appearance in 1896.”’

Mr. Browne will communicate this session to the
Biological Society a revised list of the L.M.B.C. Meduse.

The Committee have lately purchased from Mr. M.
Treleaven Reade, the inventor, one of his folding
“ Shell-bend ’”’ boats for the use of the Biological Station,

=a

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 3D

Although workers at Port Erin will no doubt in the future,
as in the past, make considerable use of the ordinary
pleasure boats of the bay, still 1t frequently happens that
one, two, or three desire to go out tow-netting, or collecting
round the rocks or the break-water at low tide on occasions
when it is inconvenient or impossible to hire a boat.
Undec these circumstances the ‘‘ Shell-bend”’ will be most
handy. Itisa flat-bottomed dinghy 10 feet in length, with
plenty of room for three men to work tow-nets and other
collecting implements. When hauled ashore, the sides
fold down on the bottom, and then one or two men can
easily carry the boat for a considerable distance.

THE VISIT OF THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION.

At the conclusion of the Meeting in Liverpool last
September, about 100 members of the British Association
crossed to the Isle of Man for the purpose of spending five
days in exploring the Natural History and Antiquities of
the Island. The party broke up into four sections, of
which two (the Archeologists and the Geologists) made
their headquarters at Douglas, while the other two
(Zoologists and Botanists) went on to Port Erin and
lived at the Bellevue Hotel. The weather throughout
the visit was very unsuitable for Biological work. The
steam-trawler ‘‘ Rose Ann’”’ was in attendance, but it was
impossible to go to sea in her, although attempts were
made both from Port Erin and Port St. Mary. The time
was spent in shore-collecting at various parts of the coast,
and in searching for the rarer Alege and encrusting
animals amongst the banks of Laminaria and other
coarser seaweeds cast ashore by the storm.

The foreign Botanists were much pleased with the
marine flora, and several of the Zoologists were especially
interested in the abundant supply of Compound Ascidians,

—

belonging to the genera Botryllus, Botrylloides, Lepto-
clinum, Amaroucium and Diplosoma, which were found
attached to the stems and roots of the Laminaria. Dr.
Johan Hjort was anxious to see the buds in the colonies
of as many species as possible. He was also desirous of
examining the stolons of Clavelina, of which specimens
can usually be procured on the side walls of a deep shore
pool near Spaldrick; and we were able to show him the
hibernating condition of the buds in the stolons which
Professor Giard has lately discussed,* and which have
been known for some years at Port Erin. Several of the
Zoologists and Botanists preserved and carried off collec-
tions, and Prof. Chodat since his return to Geneva has
given two public lectures before his University on what
he saw of the Marine Fauna and Flora of the Isle of Man
during our Expedition.

36 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL, BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

THE BritisH ASSOCIATION FUND.

The surplus of the Local Fund, collected for the purpose
of meeting the expenses of the visit of the British
Association to Liverpool, was, by a resolution of the Local
Committee at their final meeting on Noveinber 30th,
1896, placed in the hands of trustees to be invested for
the purpose of promoting the work of the Liverpool
Marine Biology Committee. The view of the British
Association Executive Committee in recommending this
allocation of the fund, was that the money had been
subscribed locally for the purposes of a meeting for the
Advancement of Science, and that consequently the sur-
plus should be devoted to some investigation which would
result in the advancement of local science. In recom-
mending the L.M.B.C. as a suitable body to receive the
fund and carry on the researches, the Executive Com-

* Comptes-rendus, Aug. 3, 1896.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 37

mittee drew up and circulated amongst the subscribers

and

the members of the Local Committee the following

statement :—

66

66

66

‘“ Memorandum on Behalf of the Executive
Committee.’

In considering the best allocation for the surplus
which the Treasurers are happily able to report, the
Committee have sought to select the object which
would most commend itself to Subscribers as local,
as representative, and as permanently conducive to
the great aim of the British Association, the
Advancement of Science. After considering various
suggestions, the Committee are unanimous in recom-
mending that the fund should be entrusted to the
Liverpool Marine Biology Committee for adminis-
tration under trust.

The group of Sciences promoted by the Liverpool
Marine Biology Committee includes those which most
admit, and indeed require, local investigation.

Its composition is widely representative, combining
members from liverpool with representatives of
North Lancashire, Manchester, North Wales, and
the Isle of Man. It is intimately associated with the
work of the Lancashire Sea-Fisheries Committee, so
important to the industrial prosperity and development
of Liverpool and the neighbourhood. It has, more-
over, been remarkably successful in eliciting the
enthusiasm and support of non- TDS cn as well
as professional workers in Science.

‘Its scope is comprehensive, and papers directly eman-

ating from its action have been read before several
different Sections of the British Association. Alike
in quality and quantity, the work of the Committee

38 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

has done honour to Liverpool. The Annual Reports
and the four published volumes of ‘ Fauna and Flora
of Liverpool Bay’ are notable contributions to Marine
Biology; and altogether it has helped to inspire more
than a hundred papers contributed to Scientific
Journals. At its Laboratory, first at Puffin Island,
now at Port Erin, laborious researches have been
carried out, such as in other countries rest on State
support, but in England are left to the public spirit
and enterprise of individuals or communities.

‘A small endowment of the kind contemplated will be
invaluable for securing fruit and permanence to the
activities of the Liverpool Marine Biology Committee.
The publication of Proceedings, and the conduct of
scientific investigations, make a continuous and heavy
drain upon the resources of a voluntary society. A
evant which has been allotted for the last four years
to the Liverpool Marine Biology Committee from the
funds of the British Association, expired with the
present year, and the annual income from this endow-
ment will at a fortunate moment make good the loss.

“The close association of the Liverpool Marine Biology
Committee with two of the British Association
Honorary Local Secretaries, whose exertions contri-
buced so much to the success of the recent Meeting,
is no mere coincidence. In connection with the
Liverpool Marine Biology Committee, Prof. Herdman
and Mr. Isaac Thompson established not only their
enthusiasm for Science, but also their capacity and
resource 1n organisation. By happy fortune the
Bri ish Association Meeting, which owed so much to
the r energy, can make an apt return by permanently
forwarding that local development of Science which
they have most at heart.”’

ail

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 39

The recommendation of the Executive Committee met
with universal approval; and only 2 subscribers out of
a total of 300 took advantage of the opportunity which
was given to them of withdrawing their share of the
surplus. The formal resolutions which were unanimously
passed by the Local Committee on November 30th were :—

1°. “That the balance remaining after the settlement

of all expenses connected with the Meeting of
the Association be handed to Trustees, the income
of the fund to be applied in or towards the pub-
lication of Scientific Proceedings and the prose-
cution of Scientific Research; the Trustees to pay
such income to the Treasurer of the Liverpool
Marine Biology Committee for the above pur-
poses, and the receipt of such Treasurer shall be
a sufficient discharge to the Trustees for such
payment.”

2°." That the Vice-Presidents, the Treasurers and the

Secretaries be empowered to select ‘Trustees,
and to define and settle the exact terms of the
Trust.”

At the subsequent meeting of these Local Officers, the
Trust deed, drawn up by Mr. J. W. Alsop, was submitted
and Mr. W. E. Willink, J.P., Mr. Charles Booth, Jun.,
and Professor Herdman were appointed Trustees.

The fund which amounts, after the payment of all
expenses, to about £950 will be invested, and the annual
proceeds will be available as a small fixed income for the
advancement of our work.

The L.M.B.C. while gratefully accepting this welcome
addition to their means, and while they appreciate highly
this mark of confidence in their work, cannot but feel that
they are accepting also increased responsibility. They
have constantly in the past kept before them the view that

40 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

in undertaking to report upon the Marine Biology and
Geology of the district, and in asking for subscriptions to
defray the necessary expenses of the work, they were in-
curring responsibilities both to the scientific world and to
the public of Liverpool. They have been responsible to
the latter for the wise administration of such funds as are
entrusted to them, and to the former both for the
energetic and careful prosecution of the scientific work
and also for the due recognition and encouragement of all
those workers, amateur as well as professional, whose
contributions to knowledge come within the scope of their
investigation. ‘This sense of responsibility is only in-
creased and justified by this trust which has been created
for the benefit of the Marine Biological work; and the
British Association Local Committee and the Subscribers
to the fund may rest assured that the L.M.B.C. Officials
will use their utmost endeavour to so direct the investiga-
tions that they may be a credit to Liverpool’ and
“permanently conducive to the great aim of the British
Association, the Advancement of Science.’’

It is the view of the Trustees, and also the desire of the
L.M.B.C., that the annual interest should not be merely
added to the income of the Committee, but should so far
as possible be expended either upon the publication of
results or upon some definite line of investigation, such as
the hire of steamers for dredging explorations, or series
of experiments in the Biological Station, so that the name
of the fund may from time to time be publicly associated
with some tangible result in such a way as to keep alive
in Liverpool the memory of the British Association
meeting of 1896.

Tt ought to be borne in mind by our own subscribers,
by those of the Liverpool public who have in the past so
generously helped the L.M.B.C. work, that if this British

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 41

Association Fund is to be a real advantage and bear fruit, it
is absolutely necessary that our ordinary income derived
from subscriptions should be in no way diminished. We
confidently appeal to all those interested in any way in
the Natural History of our neighbourhood to co-operate
with us. Those who work with the microscope, who are
collectors, who have any aptitude for practical work, will
be gladly welcomed at the Biological Station or on the
expeditions ; while those who feel that they can only
appreciate the work of others, but are interested in the
extension of our knowledge of nature, can most effectively
help and encourage us by adding to the slender annual
income of the Committee, which is barely sufficient to
meet the necessary expenses of the work at Port Erin and
in Liverpool Bay.

List oF L.M.B.C. WoRKERs.

We think it useful to give here a list of those
Naturalists who are definitely working at special groups
of organisms in the L.M.B.C. district, and who, as a rule,
undertake the identification of the animals reported upon,
and contribute information about their groups to the
L.M.B.C. Reports.

Bacteria.—Professor R. Boyce.

DiatomMaceE&.—Dr. H. Stolterfoth.

ALG#.—Professor Harvey Gibson and Professor Weiss.

FORAMINIFERA.—Dr. G. W. Chaster.

DINOFLAGELLATA.—Mr. R. L. Ascroft.

InFuSOoRIA, &¢.—Vacant.

PorIFERA.—Dr. R. Hanitsch.

Hyproi Zoornytes.—Miss L. R. Thornely.

Mrpusa.—Mr. E. T. Browne, B.A., F.Z.S.

ACTINIARIA.—Mr. J. A. Clubb, B.Sc.

KCHINODERMATA.—Mr. H. C. Chadwick.

42 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

TURBELLARIA.—Mr. F. W. Gamble, M.Sc.

TREMATODA.— Vacant.

NEMERTIDA.-—Mr. W, I. Beaumont, B.A.

RovTIFERA.— Vacant.

NEMATODA.— Vacant.

GEPHYREA, HIRUDINEA, AND OLIGOCHATA.—Vacant.

PotycHa&#TA.—Mr. J. Hornell and Mr. Arnold T.

Watson.
Ponyzoa.—Miss L. R. Thornely.
CIRRIPEDIA.— Vacant.
CopEpopA.—Mr. Isaac C. Thompson, F.L.S.
OstrRAcOoDA.—Mr. Andrew Scott.
HIGHER CRusTAcEA.—Mr. A. O. Walker, F.L.S. —
PycnoGconipa.—Dr. C. H. Hurst.
Mouuvusca (TEstacEeous).—Mr. Alfred Leicester.
NUDIBRANCHIATA.—Professor Herdman, F.R.S., and
Mr. J. A. Clubb, B.Sc.

CEPHALOPODA.—Mr. W. E. Hoyle, M.A.

TuNIcATA.—Prof. Herdman, F.R.S., and Miss J. H.
Willmer.

FisHes.—Prof. Herdman, Mr. R. A. Dawson, and Mr.
A. Scott.

SEA-Birps.—Dr. H. O. Forbes.

SUBMARINE GEOLOGY.—Mr. J. Lomas, Mr. G. W.
Lamplugh, and Mr. Clement Reid.

PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY OF THE SEA.—Vacant.

One of our ‘greatest needs is a young Chemist or
Physicist who would join our expeditions with the object
of reporting upon the condition of the sea water at the
various localities, depths and seasons.

THE LIBRARY.

The Committee consider it advisable to publish here a
list of the books forming their nucleus of a working library

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 43

at Port Erin, first, for the purpose of letting workers and
students know what books they will find in the laboratory,
and secondly in the hope that the short list will suggest
to members of the Committee, other naturalists, sub-
scribers, and friends, some deficiencies in our library which
might be made good by contributions from their own
shelves. It may be convenient to state that what the
Committee aim at is merely a small working library of
Marine Biology, and that the most important books for
their purposes—after a few standard text books and works
of reference—are monographs or important papers on
British Marine animals and plants.* In addition to the
books in the following list, there is also in the book-case
a considerable number of pamphlets ‘kindly sent by
authors, and dealing mostly with the Marine Biology of
the neighbourhood. We are always glad to have such
author’s reprints.

ALDER and Hancock.—Monograph of the British
Nudibranchiate Mollusca.—in seven parts. Ray
Society, 1845-55.

BatrD.—British Entomostraca. Ray Society, 1850.

BALFouR.—Comparative Embryology. 2 vols., 1880.

BEeLu.—British Stalk-Eyed Crustacea, 1853.

Brapy and Norman.—Monograph of British Ostracoda
Part i rans: ks Wablin Soc., 1889.

Braby.—Monograph of the Free and semiparasitic
Copepoda of the British Islands. 38 vols., Ray
Soc., 1878.

* A few books and papers which have from time to time been kindly sent
to the L.M.B.C., but which have no particular bearing upon British Marine
Biology, have been deposited temporarily in the library of the Biological
Society in Liverpool, where they will be more used and more appreciated
than at Port Erin.

44 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

CAMBRIDGE NATURAL History, vol. II., 1896.

Carus.—Prodromus Faunze Mediterranee. 4 vols.,
1885-93.

CUNNINGHAM.—Marketable Marine Fishes, 1896.

Day.—Fishes of Great Britain and Ireland. 2 vols.,
1880.

Frarpont.—Recherches sur les Acinétiens, &c.

Forses.—Monograph of the British Naked-Eyed
Medusz. Ray Soc., 1848.

GossE.—Manual of Marine Zoology for the British
Isles. 2 vols., 1855.

GossE.—Handbook to Marine Aquarium, 1856.

GossE.—British Sea-Anemones and Corals, 1860.

Haucx.—Meeres-Algen.

Harvey.—Manual of British Marine Alge.

HELLER.—The ‘‘ Novara’ Crustacea, 1865.

HoutMEs and Barrers.—Revised List Brit. Mar. Alge.

HeERDMAN.—Phylogenetic Classification of Animals,
1885.

HERDMAN and Lusire.—Marine Invertebrate Fauna of
the Firth of Forth, 1881.

HrERDMAN.—Annual Reports upon the Biological
Station at Puffin Island, 1888-92. (see also Liver-
pool Marine Biology Committee).

Hincxs.—British Hydroid Zoophytes. 2 vols., 1868.

Hincks.—British Marine Polyzoa. 2 vols., 1880.

HucuHEsS.—Principles and Management of the Marine
Aquarium, 1875.

INTERNATIONAL FISHERIES EXHIBITION in London,
1883, by Huxley, Hubrecht, Holdsworth, Walpole,
&e. Addresses and papers read at the Conferences,
&e. 9 vols., 1888.

JEFFREYS.—British Conchology. 5 vols., 1862-69.

JoHNSTON.—Brit. Museum Catalogue of Worms, 1865.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 45

Kent.—Manual of the Infusoria. 3 vols., 1880-82.

KoRSCHELT and HErIpER.—Text Book of Embryology
of Invertebrates. 2 vols., 1895.

Lane.—Text-book of Comparative Anatomy. 2 vols.,
1891-96.

LrE.—Microtomist’s Vade-Mecum, 1893.

LivERPooL MARINE BioLoGy COMMITTEE.—Reports
upon the Fauna of Liverpool Bay, &c., vols. I., I.,
THI ADV .,: 1886-95.

MaALMGREN.—Annulata Polycheta, 1867.

MaARsHALL and Hurst.—Practical Zoology, 1895.

M’IntosH.—Monograph of the British Annelids, Part
I., Nemerteans, 2 vols., 1878.

Murray.—Introduction to study of seaweeds.

NicHuoutson.—Text-book of Zoology. 7th Hdn., 1887.

PENNINGTON.—British Zoophytes, 1885.

Pizon.—Blastogénése des Botryllides, 1892.

PoucHEtT.—Changements de Coloration, &c., 1876.

RoLuEston.—Forms of Animal Life. 2nd Edition, by
W. Hatchett Jackson, 1888.

SARS.—Crustacea of Norway, 2 vols.

THompson.—Revised Report on the Copepoda.

Voet and Yune.—Traité d’Anat. Comp. Prat. 2 vols.

PUBLICATIONS.”

The fifth volume of the “Fauna and Flora”’ will not
be ready for a couple of years; but a revision of all the
eroups already reported upon has been carried out during
the summer and as the result a complete list, brought up
to date, was laid before Section D of the British Associa-
tion and is published in the report of that meeting. Copies
of this lst have been reprinted, and will be issued in our

*A list of the L.M.B.C. publications will be found on p- 56 of this
Report, :

46 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

next volume. As references to the literature are given after
the name of each species, the list forms a useful index to
all the L..M.B.C. publications up to date; and in addition
contains a record of all the FIsHES we have obtained in
the district—a group not yet reported on. The list in
question appeared before the British Association as the
fourth and final report of that Committee of the Assoc-
iation which has for some years been co-operating in the
L.M.B.C. work. That report contains the following
‘Concluding Remarks :—

‘Although this is put forward as a final report of the
present Committee, they do not desire thereby to indicate
that the work of exploring the zoology, botany, and geology
of the Irish Sea is finished. Probably such an investi-
gation can never be finished; but the Committee feel that
the occasion of the British Association meeting in Liver-
pool is one that they ought to take advantage of to present
a report which is final, in the sense that it completes the
present series of reports, and brings together and sums
up the results of all previous marine biological work in
the district.

‘For the future, they feel that the work will be carried
on actively by the Liverpool Marine Biology Committee,
the body of investigators by whom most of the work has
been done in the past. The Port Erin Biological Station
is equipped for such work, and the British Association
can best render effective help by supporting the general
investigations carried on at that station, or by giving
erants for special researches.”

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. AT

APPENDIX A.

THE LIVERPOOL MARINE BIOLOGY
COMMITTEE (1896).

R. D. Darsisurre, Esq., B.A., F.G.S., Manchester.

Prof, R. J. Harvey Greson, M.A., F.L.8., Liverpool.

Pror. W. A. Herpmay, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.U-.8., Liverpool,
Chairman of the Li..M.B.C., and Hon. Director of
the Biological Station.

ALFRED LEICESTER, Esq., formerly of Southport and
Liverpool.

Sir JAMES Pootse, J.P., Liverpool.

Dr. Isaac RoBerts, F.R.8., formerly of Liverpool.

I. C. THomeson, Esq., F.L.8., Liverpool, Hon. Treasurer.

JoHN Vicars, Esq., formerly of Bootle.

A. O. WALKER, Esq., F.L.8., J.P., Colwyn Bay.

Dr. SPENCER WALPOLE, formerly Governor of the Isle of
Man.

————

CONSTITUTION OF TEE 1).M.B.C.
(Established March 1885.)

I.—The Ossxct of the L.M.B.C. is to investigate the
Marine Fauna and Flora (and any related subjects such
as submarine geology and the physical condition of the
water) of Liverpool Bay and the neighbouring parts of
the Irish Sea; and if practicable to establish and maintain
a Biological Station on some convenient part of the
coast,

4
<4
|

48 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

II.—The CommitTEzz shall consist of not more than 12
and not less than 10 members, of whom 3 shall form a
quorum ; anda meeting shall be called at least once a
year for the purpose of arranging the Annual Report,
passing the Treasurer’s accounts, and transacting any
other necessary business.

III.—During the year the Arrarrs of the Committee
shall be conducted by an Hon. Director, who shall be
Chairman of the Committee, and an Hon. TREASURER,
both of whom shall be appointed at the Annual Meeting
and shall be eligible for re-election.

IV.—Any VACANCIES on the Committee, caused by
death or resignation, shall be filled up by the election, at
the Annual Meeting, of those who, by their work on the
Marine Biology of the district, or by their sympathy with
science, seem best fitted to help in advancing the work of
the Committee.

V.—The Expensss of the investigations, of the publi-
cation of results, and of the maintenance of the Biological
Station shall be defrayed by the Committee, who for this
purpose shall ask for subscriptions or donations from the
public, and for grants from scientific funds.

VI.—The BronocicaL Sratton shall be used primarily
for the Exploring work of the Committee, and the
SPECIMENS collected shall, so far as 1s necessary, be placed
in the first instance at the disposal of the members of the
Committee and other specialists who are reporting upon
eroups of organisms; but, in order to add to the funds,
some of the workplaces in the Biological Station may be
rented by the week or year to students and others, and
duplicate specimens which, in the opinion of the Com-
mittee, can be spared may be sold to museums and
laboratories.

s
2
.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 49

LIVERPOOL MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION
at PORT ERIN.

REGULATIONS.

I.—This Biological Station is under the control of the
Liverpool Marine Biology Committee, the executive of
whichconsists ofthe Hon. Director (Prof. Herdman,F.R.S.)
and the Hon. Treasurer (Mr. I. C. Thompson, F'.U.8.).

II.—In the absence of the Director, and of all other
members of the Committee, the Station is under the
temporary control of the Resident Curator or Laboratory
Assistant, who will keep the keys, and will decide, in the
event of any difficulty, which places are to be occupied by
workers, and how the tanks, collecting apparatus, &c., are
to be employed.

Ij1.—The Resident Assistant will be ready at all
reasonable hours and within reasonable limits to give
assistance to workers at the Station, and to do his best to
supply them with material for their investigations.

TV.—Visitors will be admitted, on payment of a small
specified charge, to see the Aquarium and the Station, so
long as it is found not to interfere with the scientific
work.

V.—Those who are entitled to work in the Station,
when there is room, and after formal application to the
Director, are :—(1) Annual subscribers of one guinea or
upwards to the funds (each guinea subscribed entitling to
the use of a work place for four weeks), and (2) others -
who are not annual subscribers, but who pay the Treasurer
10s. per week for the accommodation and privileges.
Institutions, such as Colleges and Museums, may become
subscribers in order that a work place may be at the
disposal of their staff for a certain period annually; a

50 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

subscription of two guineas will secure a work place for
six weeks in the year, a subscription of five guineas for
four months, and a subscription of £10 for the whole year.

VI.—Each worker* is entitled to a work place opposite
a window in the Laboratory, and may make use of the
microscopes, reagents, and other apparatus, and of the
boats, dredges, tow-nets, &c., so far as is compatible with
the claims of other workers and with the routine work of
the Station.

VIT.—Each worker will be allowed to use one pint of
methylated spirit per week, free. Any further amount
required must be paidfor. All dishes, jars, bottles, tubes,
and other glass may be used freely, but must not be taken
away from the laboratory. If any workers desire to
make, preserve, and take away collections of marine
animals and plants, they must make special arrangements
with the Director or Treasurer in regard to bottles and
preservatives. Although workers in the Station are free
to make their own collections at Port Erin, it must be
clearly understood that (as in other Biological Stations)
no specimens must be taken for such purposes from the
laboratory stock, nor from the Aquarium tanks, nor from
the steam-boat dredging expeditions, as these specimens
are the property of the Committee. The specimens in
the Laboratory stock are preserved for sale, the animals
in the tanks are for the instruction of visitors to the
Aquarium, and as all the expenses of steam-boat dredging
expeditions are defrayed by the Committee the specimens
obtained on these occasions must be retained by the
Committee (a) for the use of the specialists working at
the Fauna of Liverpool Bay, (0) to replenish the tanks,

* Workers at the Station can always find comfortable and convenient

quarters at the closely adjacent Bellevue Hotel; but lodgings can readily be
had by-those who prefer them.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN. 51

and (c) to add to the stock of duplicate animals for sale
from the Laboratory.

VIII.—EHach worker at the Station is expected to lay a
paper on some of his results—or at least a short report
upon his work—before the Biological Society of Liverpool
during the current or the following session.

TX.—All subscriptions, payments, and other communi-
cations relating to finance, should be sent to the Hon.
ireasurer,) Mr i. C. Thompson, .L.8., 53; Croxteth
Road, Liverpool. Applications for permission to work at
the Station, or for specimens, or any communications in
regard to the scientific work should be made to Professor
Herdman, F.R.S., University College, Liverpool.

52 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

APPENDIX B.

SUBSCRIPTIONS and DONATIONS.

Subscriptions. Donations.

Ayre, John W., Ripponden, Halifax
Banks, Prof. W. Mitchell, 28, Rodney-st.
Bateson, Alfred, Harrop-road Bowdon...
Beaumont, W. I.,-Cambridge
Bickersteth, Dr., 2, Rodney-st. ...
Brown, Prof. J. Campbell, Univ. Coll....
Browne, Edward T., B.A., 141, Uxbridge-
road, Shepherd’s Bush, London
Brunner, Sir J. T., Bart., Druids Cross...
Boyce, Prof., University College
Caton, Dr., 86, Rodney-street ee
Clague, Dr., Castletown, Isle of Man ...
Clague, Thomas, Bellevue Hotel, Port Krin
Comber,Thomas, J.P., Leighton, Parkgate
Crellin, John C., J.P., Ballachurry, An-
dreas, Isle of Man
Darbishire, R.D., Victoria-pk., Mere
Dawkins, Professor W. Boyd, Owens
College, Manchestev..
Dumergue, A. F., 7 Monipanne? terrace
Dwerryhouse, A. R., 8, Livingstone-av.
Gair, H. W., Smithdown-rd., Wavertree
Gamble,Col.C.B., Windlehurst, St. Helens
Gamble, F.W.,Owens College, Manchester
Gaskell, Frank, Woolton Wood...
Gaskell, Holbrook, J.P., Woolton Wood
Gell, James 8., High Bailiff of Castletown

£

me poe FH DH

Re ©

Perr p NOHO FH

Forward ...£31

d. = 2 sees

SYNE KYA) PITS)
|

(>)

YL QS oa eae Ee ©

0 1 ae

a eer, my

‘MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT PORT ERIN.

Forward ...
Gibson, Prof. R. J. Harvey, 5, Adelaide-
terrace, Waterloo at
Glynn, Dr., 62, Rodney-street ...
Greening, friends, 5, Wilson Patten-st.,
Warrington ...
Gotch, Prof., Museum, xia
Halls, W. J., 35, Lord-street
Hanitsch, Dr., Museum, Singapore
Henderson, W.G., Liverpool Union Bank
Herdman, Prof., University College
Holder, Thos. (the late), 1, Clarendon-
buildings
Holland, Walter, Wioaclay Hill. ints
Holt, Alfred, Crofton, Aigburth ... 3
Holt, George, J.P., (the late), Sudley,
Mossley Hill.. : :
Hoyle, W. E. ‘rcioann Owens es
th iesten ae
Isle of Man Natural History a at
quarian Society
Jones, C.W.,J.P., Field House, ae
Jones, C. EH. E., Prenton-road, B’head
Kermode, P. M. C., Hill-side, Ramsey...
Lea, Rev. T. Simcox, 3, Wellington-fields
Leicester, Alfred, Buckhurst Farm, Eden-
bridge, Kent .
Macfie, Robert, Airds cra
Meade-King, H. W.,J.P., Sandfield Bak
Meade-King, R. R., 4, Oldhall- street
Melly, W. R., 90, Chatham-street
Monks, F. W., Brooklands, Warrington
Muspratt, E. K., Seaforth Hall... eae
Narramore, W., 5, Geneva-rd., Elm Park

Forward ...

sf coe OF Lo 8

Leg
BOO
i eG
HEAL, #O)
1 ae Se)
el aan!)
Le 5.0
2a @
Pie 1G
2 eh)
Bia QoQ
nro AD
(oe as
1 Se 8
Leng
daa kU.
Leh 4G
| ae Sa
kof 0
Lr) Os 0
fe Bye)
10> 20
by £0
dee ot)
a0 0
bie
65 18 0

i

i

54 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Horward ... 65 18 0 1

Newton, John, M.R.C.S., 44, Rodney-st. 010 6 _—
Poole, Sir James, Tower Buildings ... 2 2 0 —
Rathbone, §.G.,Croxteth-drive, Sefton-pk. 2 2 0 —
Rathbone, Mrs. Theo., Backwood, Neston 1 1 0 —
Rathbone, Miss May, Backwood, Neston 1 1 0 =
Rathbone, W., Greenbank, Allerton ... 2 2 O
Roberts, Isaac, F.R.S., Crowborough ... 1 1 O —
Simpson,J. Hope, Annandale, Aigburth-dr 2 2 0 =
Smith, A. T., junr., 24, King-street i (ol Vee a
Talbot, Rev. T. U., 4, Osborne-terrace,

Douglas, Isle of Man i iba —
Thompson, Isaac C., 53, Croxteth- soe 2 22 a —
Thornely, James, Baycliff, Woolton Lhe —
Thornely, The Misses, Baycliff, Woolton 1 1 0O —
Toll, J. M., Kirby Park, Kirby ... It tae -—
Walker, A. O., Nant-y-glyn, Colwyn Bay. 3 3 O =
Walker, Horace, South Lodge, Princes-pk. 1 1 0O =
Walters, Rev. Frank, B.A., King Wiliam

College, Isle of Man.. : ie pO) —
Watson, A. T., Tapton-crescent, Sheffield Lhe —
Weiss, Prof. F. E.,Owen’s College, Man’tr. 1 1 0 aaa
Westminster, Duke of, Haton Hall O' {0.40 o
Wiglesworth, Dr., Rainhill Ly ie =

£98 14..6 tee

[a

SUBSCRIPTIONS FOR THE Hire oF ‘‘ WorK-TABLES, } OCCUPIED
BY COLLEGES, &c.

Liverpool Museum Committee ... Ls ae £22 0
Owens College, Manchester ee ae Fe 10: 70
University College, Liverpool ... te 1 10-70

"anor “ALINS iL ‘V

“91009 punofl pun poppny

"O6SL “ISTE waquiasg “IOOdUMATT

“ddd Osvad Ty, “NOP

‘NOSdNWOHL ‘0 OVVSI

0 L Ssigi tt soreys ‘S09 esnoyy o[qud SUBULYLO MM YSTPg
—: pung JUSW4SeAUT JUOWMOpUy
IL 61 99TF IL 61 99TF
G 6 0 Ce i ee i i i i i i i i er ay soLipung ¢¢
licen BRC Ep ORDO gE EULS UU HQbpn ol Ta unecoDo ut y.9 ‘asvo yoo ‘saredayy 6¢
0 0 GT Cees secececavscces mO1yR1G [eolsoTorg UlIG, 410g jo quey 6é
6 OL ct 9BRT “ISTE ‘00d ‘toansvery, onp souryeg ‘ S Gl 86. ke = Kog Aonerogequpuenoqyenn@) Ssonveyeal
0 JT e were rece tte teens aeeeteereeeee wuntenby 04 SUOLSSIULp VW 66 I 6 p Sa ior ini) ‘OR ‘suouttoedg jo OBRLIIBO ‘98e1S0g 6“
FP 0 tetisterasgiaay yueg L 9 06 Worry, [eosoforg ulIG yA0g 4e snyereddy pue syoog ‘
1 ¢ eg ccc euneg Jo soumnjo, pue s}1odey jo afeg “ 0 0 (9 heog pusq eye dete seprery
Ee aime Sislegensivtaes ttle enic sfereiiere STATO Matos nin +zieinibt soley “nary | ra sit 1S ayofa iai/eYauevotevereireinte vee atateve!ayejers\elaierevelaisiaim tale tere core oiotterni aerials ine ally qeog 3
“o9 asnox] oI[qud S,UeUyloA\ Ys} “puepral(] a @ pp LT corer sromipedxay astispolqg josesuedxq ‘*
0 Z GG SO OUD ODCOU OOo bc OOU Oa OO elvieis eave S21q@L YIOM »; © 6 I BOOIIOICIOICICICROG OUIUOICI IUGCI IIOP nici ia A19UOTYRYS pue SuTyULL 66
Jo ally aoz Sow ‘sono][oQ Wody peAtooat yunoury * OL Sl 97 °° 102% ‘sozeTg ,,‘euneg,, “AI ‘oA ‘sq1odey Sunuriy **
9 L JOL “" peateood ATTeNJoR suotywuog pue storzdtaosqug Aq ¢ Sl qG c"cUCTCT GEgT “ISTE ‘oeq ‘loInseory, onp soUR[eg OF,
DS se “9681 se ees ‘96ST
FD) WUASVaAT, “NOH “NOSdWOHL ‘0 OVVSI HIM INQ000W NT 1G

‘AHLLINWOO ADOTOIN AUNIGVN TOOddH AIT AHL

56 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

L.M.B.C. NOTICES.

The public are admitted by ticket to inspect the
Aquarium at suitable hours daily, when the Assistant will
be, as far as possible, in attendance to give information.
Tickets of admission, price threepence each, to be obtained
at the Biological Station or at the Bellevue Hotel. The
various tanks are intended to be illustrative of the marine
life of the Isle of Man. It is intended also that short
lectures on the subject should be given from time to time
by Prof. Herdman, or by others of the Committee.

Applications to be allowed to work at the Biological
Station, or for specimens (living or preserved) for Museums,
Laboratory work, and Aquaria, should be addressed to
Professor Herdman, F.R.8., University College, Liverpool.

Subscriptions and donations should be sent to Mr. I.
C. Thompson, F.L.8., 538, Croxteth Road, Liverpool.

The surplus copies of the 5 Annual Reports upon the
Marine Biological Station formerly on Puffin Island
(1888 to 1892, the complete set) have been collated and
bound up to form an 8vo. volume of about 180 pages,
illustrated with cuts and plates, and containing the original
hithographed covers. There are 20 copies of this vol.,
which are now offered by the Committee at 3/- each nett.

Copies of the Annual Reports for 1893, 1894, and 1895
can also be had, price one shilling each (all post free).

The L.M.B. Committee are publishing their Reports
upon the Fauna and Flora of Liverpool Bay in a series of
Svo. volumes at intervals of about three years. Of these
there have appeared :—

Vol. I. (872 pp., 12 plates), 1886, price 8/6.
Vol. Il. (240 pp., 12 plates), 1889, price 7/6.
Vol. IIT. (400 pp., 24 plates), 1892, price 10/6.
Vol. IV. (475 pp., 53 plates). 1895, price 10/6.
Copies of any of the above publications may be ordered
from the Liverpool Marine Biology Committee, University
College, Liverpool, or from the Hon. Treas.,4, Lord Street,
Liverpool.
Tsaac C. THOMPSON,
Hon, Treas.

—

on
=]

Report on the Investigations carried on in 1896
in connection with the LANCASHIRE SEA-FISHERIES

LABORATORY at University College, Liverpool.

By Professor W. A. Herpman, D.S8c., ERS. > and
Mr. AnpREW Scott, Fisheries Assistant.

With Plates I—IYV.

CONTENTS.
INTRODUCTION.

Parr I. By Andrew Scott. Parr Il. By W. A. Herdman.
Food in Fishes’ Stomachs. Sea-Fish Hatching Experiments.
Mussels. The Oyster Investigation.
Bouchot Experiment. The Marine Laboratory at Piel.
Mussel beds. Explanation of Plates.

Cockles and Cockle beds. APPENDIX—Catalogue of the Sea-
Lobsters. Fisheries Museum.
INTRODUCTION.

In reporting upon the progress made during the past
year, in addition to a continuation of the usual work on
the food and reproductive condition of the fish and shell-
fish sent into the laboratory, and a further examination
of the cockle and mussel beds of Morecambe Bay, we
have to record the commencement of ‘“‘ bouchot’’ mussel
experiments, a good deal of additional work on oysters and
disease, and finally a new departure in the artificial fertili-
sation and hatching of young sea-fish.

Mr. Scott has made several visits during the year, in
the steamer, to the off-shore fishing grounds, for the
purpose of getting further information regarding the
feeding habits of the edible fish. Visits have also been
made to the various spawning grounds in order to collect

58 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

fish eggs for the experimental hatching at Port Erin.
The shellfish beds in the neighbourhood of Piel Island in
Morecambe Bay have also been visited on several occasions
when samples were taken, and this will be done more
systematically in the future when the marine laboratory
at Piel is ready for occupation. In the latter part of the
year a good deal of Mr. Scott’s time has been occupied
in preparing illustrations, both in the form of photographs*
to be used as lantern slides and also specimens of all kinds
microscopic and otherwise, for the course of Free Fishery
Lectures and Demonstrations to be given in connection
with the Fisheries Museum at University College, Liver-
pool, in the early part of 1897.

The Sea-Fisheries Collection in the College Museum,
to which both Mr. Scott and I have given a good deal of
time and trouble, has now been gone over, added to, re-
arranged and labelled, and is ready for inspection. It
has already had a good many visitors, and will without
doubt prove of great advantage in connection with the
coming Demonstrations. We have prepared a Catalogue
of the Collection showing the arrangement, and giving
some information in regard to the exhibits. This catalo-
eue is appended to the present report as it will probably
be of interest to the members of the Committee and to
other readers.

I believe that such collections as this—especially if
made the subject of occasional lectures and demonstrations
—will be of considerable importance in diffusing amongst
the public a knowledge and appreciation of our Sea-
Fisheries and of the methods and objects of Sea-Fisheries
investigation.

My object has been, in arranging the present course of

* Instantaneous photographs have been taken of the various methods of
fishing in different parts of the district,

SEA-FISHERIES LABORATORY. 59

Fishery lectures, not to give all the lectures myself as I
did on the previous occasion, but to ask various gentlemen
who have devoted special attention to some one branch of
the subject to give a lecture each on his own speciality.
. All those I asked at once kindly consented to co-operate,
and they have all, I know, taken a great deal of personal
trouble in the matter. There is every prospect that these
lectures will be a success. They are advertised as
follows :—

A Course of short Lectures and Demonstrations on
“Fish and Fisheries” will be given in the Zoology
Lecture Theatre and the Fisheries Room in the New
Museum of Zoology (University College, Liverpool) on
Monday evenings at 8 o'clock, commencing on January
18th, 1897. The Lectures and Demonstrations will be
illustrated by the Electric Lantern, and by the specimens
in the Fisheries Collection. They are open free to the
Public. The Course will be as follows :—

Jan. 18th. The present position of our Fishing Indus-
tries, and what Biological investigations
might do; with a demonstration, from
models, of Capt. Dannevig’s Sea-Fish
Hatchery at Flodevigen in Norway.

To be given by Prof. HERDMAN, F.R.S.

Jan. 25th. The need and objects of Sea-Fisheries
Committees, with illustrations of the Fish-
ing Grounds, and the different methods
of Fishing in our District.

To be given by Mr. R. A. Dawson,
Superintendent of Fisheries.

Feb. lst. Some methods of Fishing and of Fish Culture
in other European Countries.

To be given by Mr. R. L. Ascrort,
Member of the Sea-Fisheries Committee,

60 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Feb. 8th. Fish Parasites, and some constituents of the
food of fishes.
To be given by Mr. Isaac C. THompson,
F.L.S.
Feb. 15th. Crabs and Lobsters, their habits and life-
history.
To be given by Mr. ANDREW Scort,
Fisheries Assistant.
Feb. 22nd. The Bacteriology of Fish, and the Connec-
tion of Fish with Disease.
To be given by Professor Boyce, M.B.

ooo

If these lectures are appreciated in Liverpool it might
be worth while to repeat some of them at other Fishery
Centres throughout the district.

W. A. HERDMAN.

JANUARY Ist, 1897.

SEA-FISHERIES LABORATORY. 61

PARTE 1.
By Mr. ANDREW SCOTT.

Foop IN FIsHES’ STOMACHS.

Durine the past twelve months, 630 stomachs of fish
collected in various parts of the district have been
examined, with the view of obtaining further information
as to the food of our more important food fishes, and also
for comparison with the results arrived at in former years.

Of the true fishes, fully two-thirds of the stomachs
were empty or contained food matter that could not be
identified, the remainder gave results practically identical
with what has been recorded in our previous reports.
Therefore it is not considered necessary to give again a
detailed account of the contents of the stomachs in each
species of fish. All our results are recorded on forms
and are available for consultation or for statistical purposes
at any future time.

MUSSELS.

Besides keeping up the examination of the stomachs of
this shellfish, an endeavour has been made to gain further
information regarding the time when the spawning takes
place in our own district. So far, the results bear out the
conclusions arrived at and stated in the report for 1894,
viz.:—that ‘the Mussel reaches maturity about the
middle of May.”

THE BoucHot EXPERIMENT.

An experimental Mussel Bouchot has been erected on
the shore behind Foulney Island in Barrow Channel.

62 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

This Bouchot, which is placed between Roosebeck
outer scar and Foulney Island, is somewhat similar to
those used in the Bay of Aiguillon in France. It consists
of a single row of stakes, placed at intervals of about 3
feet, extending in a straight line for 52 yards, the position
being at right angles to the length of the Island and
roughly parallel to the shore of the mainland. The stakes
are interlaced with flexible branches, and sufficient space
is left at the bottom for mud, seaweed, and other things
to wash through. The Bouchot was erected during the
summer and was stocked with mussels on the 11th and
12th August, 1896, one-half of these being taken from the
outer scar and the other half from the beds in the
immediate neighbourhood. The methods employed in
fixing them to the Bouchot were two :—good sized bunches
of young mussels were selected, tied up in pieces of old
net and then stuffed into the spaces amongst the inter-
lacing twigs; and good sized and fairly compact bunches
were put amongst the twigs, without net or other
supporting material.

On the 7th October the Bouchot was again visited and
found to be intact, but many of the mussels had been
washed off, both those protected by the net and those
unprotected. A considerable number, however, of the
mussels had become firmly attached to the twigs. On
October 8th a strong gale got up, which raised the tide
to such an extent, that Foulney Island was completely
submerged, as well as large tracts of low-lying land along
the shore of the mainland, causing considerable destruction
to property. When the gale moderated the Bouchot was
visited and was found to have stood well, no damage being
done to the structure itself, although a considerable
number of the mussels had been swept off, leaving the
Bouchot comparatively bare in places. As the weather

SEA-FISHERIES LABORATORY. 63

still continued stormy, it was considered inadvisable to
attempt to re-stock the Bouchot at that time, but the
fishery officers at Piel who had assisted at the first
stocking were instructed to add a fresh supply of young
mussels at the first convenient opportunity.

The experiment so far shows that it is possible to have
mussel Bouchots like those in France on the less exposed
parts of this coast, and that the mussels when put on
will readily attach themselves to the twigs. It now
remains to be seen, to what extent the spat produced
in the neighbourhood during the coming season will settle
down and remain upon the structure. A further point
that will then arise is the financial one—a comparison
between the results obtained and the cost.

THE MussExL BeEpDs.

The Roosebeck outer scar was visited on August 11th,
for the purpose of collecting mussels to put on the
Bouchot, and the opportunity was taken to note the
condition of the bed.

The mussels, which were reported upon last year, were
found to be flourishing, and in good condition, measuring
on an average one and a quarter inch in length, that being
an increase of half an inch since last year. There is
every appearance of a valuable yield of shellfish from
this bed, at no very distant date, probably not more than
two years hence, as the conditions still seem to continue
favourable for a rapid growth. |

Owing to the insecure foundation of this bed, large
quantities of the mussels have been washed off into the
deeper water outside the scar, and it 1s here that a Bouchot
might be of considerable service, for there appears to be
no reason why mussels should not grow as rapidly on a
structure of this kind as on the soft mud of the bed and

— “|

64 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

they would be less liable to be washed away, when once
they had securely attached themselves to the twigs.
There is a small mussel bed at Mort Point near the
Piel end of Baicliff cockle bed. The mussels on this bed
appear to represent two stages of growth. On the inner
part of the scar, where the bottom is largely composed of
stones, the mussels are from 14 inches to 2 inches in
length but are covered with the elongated variety of Bala-
nus crenatus, Brug., in some cases to such an extent as
to leave little of the mussel shell visible. The outer part
of the bed, that nearest to the sea, 1s covered with a set
of young mussels ranging from 3 of an inch to 13 inches,
but the larger size are comparatively scarce. The mussels
here, are not unlike those on the outer scar at Roosebeck.
The shells are quite free from barnacles, which seems to
be commonly the case with mussels which are only
exposed during the ebb of spring tides. Mussels, stones,
wooden posts, &c., which are exposed to the air at every
ebb appear to be more frequently covered with barnacles,
than is the case with similar objects only seldom exposed.
The presence or absence of barnacles upon mussels is
no guide to the quality of the fish inside, but the scars
left when they have been cleaned off give the shells an
unsightly appearance, and so may affect their sale.

COCKLES AND COCKLE BEDS.

The work carried out during the past year in connection
with the investigation into the food, spawning time, and
other points connected with the life-history of the cockle,
has been on similar lines to those on the mussel.

The constituents of the food supply of this shellfish are
in all points similar to those that the mussel feeds upon,
and consist chiefly of diatoms, spores of alge and other
vegetable remains.

a
a
=

:

SEA-FISHERIES LABORATORY. 65

The Baicliff Cockle Bed was visited and examined
during the low tides of October, but the week of stormy
weather which set in at that time interfered somewhat
with the work. However we were able to form a fair
estimate of the size of the bed and to observe the con-
ditions under which the cockles live.

The shore here consists for the greater part of a flat
stretch of clean sand extending from Mort Point, right
on towards Bardsea and on the seaward side into the
water. The cockles grow and reproduce under the most
favourable conditions as there appears to be no lack of
food in the shape of diatoms and other vegetable matter,
which could be easily seen spread in golden patches all
over the sand, in the little hollows left by the retiring tide.

The cockles on the bed are very numerous; they are
in good condition, but of small size. The larger sizes
have now been almost entirely removed by the fishermen,
and the younger ones having not yet grown to maturity,
a very considerable number of them are therefore under
the regulation size.

LOBSTERS.

A small experimental tank has now been laid down at
Piel, for the purpose of ascertaining whether it would be
possible to keep lobsters in confinement and rear them
there.

This tank measures 6 feet by 5 feet by 2 feet, and is
placed on the north side of the gutter that runs past the
end of the enbankment formed by the old pier. The tank
is held down in position by iron stakes, which are fixed
one at each of the four corners, but as these were
found to be insufficient for the purpose a number of large
stones had to be placed inside to keep the tank on the
bottom. These stones were afterwards found to be of
service in giving shelter to the lobsters. The tank is

n
|

covered on the top with galvanised wire netting, having a
padlocked door at one side, for the purpose of giving access
to examine the lobsters and for cleaning purposes. By
means of a hole bored in the bottom, and fitted with a
plug, the tank can be completely emptied.

The first lobster was put in on June 27th, it is a male
measuring then 84 inches in length, and was caught by
Mr. Wright on the scar near the moorings of the police
boat. By October 7th other six lobsters had been caught
on the scar and-placed in the tank; one of these, a small
male measuring 44 inches, subsequently escaped through
the meshes of the wire netting. Of the six remaining
lobsters, two are females, and four males; they have
apparently become quite accustomed to their new sur-
roundings and are very lively. Abundance of food is
supplied by the fishery officers, in the form of dead and
living fish; the lobsters may also be able to capture in the
tank small crustacea, such as young shrimps, etc., which
are fairly abundant in the neighbourhood.

Along with the lobsters, a few crabs measuring about
43 inches across, were also put in the tank, and these
seem to be doing equally well; one of the crabs has cast
its shell.

So far as the experiment has gone, it tends to show
that it is possible to keep lobsters alive in captivity at
Piel, and that they will remain in a healthy condition.
The next point that remains to be seen is, when we get
the ova, whether it is possible to hatch out the young
lobsters and carry them through the early stages in their
life-history. With the new laboratory at Piel in working
order there should be no great difficulty in doing so.

66 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

SHA-FISHERIES LABORATORY. 67

RAI 1,
By Professor W. A. HeRpMAN.

THE SEA-FKIsSH HATCHING EXPERIMENTS.

In various previous reports I have referred to the import-
ance of instituting as soon as possible actual experiments
in sea-fish hatching in order to determine what can be
done in our own district.in the artificial or semi-artificial
propagation of sea-fishes. As the Port Erin Biological
Station, belonging to the Liverpool Marine Biology Com-
mittee, offered in its Aquarium house and tanks, and in
the specially pure sea-water off the south end of the Isle
of Man, special facilities for such observations, it was
decided to commence the experimental work at that
establishment. An additional inducement to attempt
hatching first at Port Erin was the presence of an impor-
tant spawning ground within easy reach from which more
readily than in any other part of the district we could
obtain a supply of spawning fish, and ripe males.
Accordingly with the help of a small grant to fit up
additional wooden tanks, we undertook, during the last
hatching season (Master 1896), a series of observations
for the Lancashire Sea-Fisheries Committee. As the
result of these experiments we successfully fertilised the
eggs (obtained from the parent fish caught with the trawl)
of the erey Gurnard (Trigla gurnardus), the lemon Sole
(Pleuronectes microcephalus), and the Witch (Pleuronectes
cynoglossus), and kept them in the tanks until they
hatched out as young larve. We were not prepared in
this first season to proceed with the rearing; but we
propose, with additional tanks and an improved circulation

68 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

of water, to carry the work a stage further next season,
and also to try the same experiments in similar tanks at
the Piel (Roa Island) laboratory.

Last April we fitted up, in the lower floor of the
Aquarium house at Port Erin, three wooden hatching
tanks, each 5 feet by 3 feet by 1 foot, and so arranged, like
steps, that water could flow by bamboo spouts covered
with a fine silk net through the series of tanks. From
the lowest wooden tank the water fell into a concrete
floor tank, into which dipped an endless chain formed of
an india-rubber belt bearing numerous little buckets. This
chain of buckets revolved on a drum, octagonal in section,
which was kept in motion by india-rubber belting passing
from its axle to a pulley on a large water-wheel actuated
by the fresh water tap (see Pl. I.).*

Consequently, by turning the tap the whole apparatus
was set 1n motion, and the sea-water from the concrete
floor tank was raised by the little buckets and emptied
into a sloping wooden trough which guided it to the upper
hatching tank. Thus the same water was used over again,
a couple of gallons of fresh sea-water being added to the
system every day.

During the period when the apparatus was working the
temperature and the specific gravity of the water in the
tanks kept fairly constant, the extremes of the range
being :—

Temperature from 50° to 53° F., and

Specific gravity from 0°0265 to 0°:0270.

Each of the three tanks had a partition 1 foot from its
outflow end which stopped 2 inches from the top, and a
second partition 6 inches nearer the end which reached

* The tanks and the water motor apparatus were made most carefully and
ingeniously, from our plans, by Mr, R. Garner, superintendent of the wood-
working department at University College, Liverpool.

SEA-FISHERIES LABORATORY. ; 69

the top but stopped short 2 inches from the bottom of the
tank. In the two compartments imperfectly separated by
this last partition, clean washed sand was placed so as to
reach to about 4 inches from the bottom. Consequently
all water escaping from the tank had to flow over the
first partition and wnder the second, filtering through the
bed of sand as it went. The object of this was to form
a sand trap which would let the water pass through, but
keep back the suspended fish eggs and embryos. By this
method the same water can be used to circulate through
several tanks containing different kinds of embryos.
When on a dredging expedition on April 5th in the
steam-trawler ‘‘ Rose-Ann’”’ we brought up from the deep
channel, 12 miles §8.W. of the Calf, bottom reamy mud,
depth 40 to 50 fathoms, a large number of spawning Hake,
Ling, Haddock, Plaice, and Witches. In fact nearly every
fish brought up from that spot was mature, and the
spawn was running out in quantities on the deck. When
I reported this to Mr. Dawson he arranged to bring the
“John Fell” over as soon as could be managed. She
arrived at Port Erin on Tuesday evening, April 21st, and
on Wednesday 22nd we were out trawling all day, on the
eround 12 miles S.W. of the Calf, and from there north-
wards towards Port Erin, with very poor results. We
boarded the steam-trawlers ‘“‘ Lady Loch” and ‘‘ Oceanic ’”’
which were working on the same ground, but got practically
no spawning fish in quantity. The only spawn we were
able to collect and fertilise was from some Witches
(Pleuronectes cynoglossus). This was taken to the labor-
atory and, as I considered it scarcely worth putting in one
of the hatching tanks, it was placed in an earthenware
vessel, where most of it afterwards hatched out. The
next day we again had practically no success; and so, on
the following day, Friday, 24th, we tried further north,

70 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

about 8 miles off Dalby, reamy bottom, depths 20 to 40
fathoms, where I had in former seasons found spawning
Soles, Turbot and Brill. Here we were very successful,
and obtained spawning Plaice, Witch, Lemon Sole, and
grey Gurnard. These batches of eggs were fertilised in
pails on board ship and were conveyed to the laboratory.
The plaice spawn met with an accident, but the other
three samples were safely transferred one to each of the
three tanks prepared for their reception, where they were
kept under observation during the following two weeks.

Although the early history of such fish has been followed
elsewhere, we think it will be of interest to the Committee
to see figures of the first food fishes which have been
artificially fertilised and hatched in our district. Plates
Il. to IV., drawn by Mr. Andrew Scott, show diagram-
matically the various embryonic stages of the three kinds
of fish during their development.

The first batch of Witch embryos fertilised on the 22nd
began to hatch out on the 29th, the seventh day, the
majority of them died on the following day.

The second batch of Witches, fertilised on April 24th,
and the Lemon Soles of the same date began to hatch on
Saturday, May 2nd, and by Sunday afternoon nearly all
of them had left their egg membranes. A few of them
died on Monday, and more on the following day.

The Gurnards were later, and many of them died or
became abnormal before hatching.

When the “‘ John Fell” left Port Erin on the evening
of the 24th, Mr. Scott went with her to try to obtain some
more spawn on other grounds. The neighbourhood of
the Bahama and King William banks were tried without
success, and then on the Monday morning, by the kind
permission of Mr. Knox of Douglas, the owner of the
‘“Rose-Ann,”’ Mr. Scott was permitted to join that trawler

SEA-FISHERIES LABORATORY. Tt

during her cruise. He saw 8 hauls made and examined
the fish, but no fertilised eggs could be secured. Most
of the fish were ‘‘ spent,” and of those few species of
which ripe females were obtained no mature males were
forthcoming. Consequently no further experiments could
be tried at that time at Port Erin. This season the
endeavour should be made to obtain spawn a good deal
earlier—not later than the beginning of March—in order
to continue the observations at Port Erin and also to
start a similar series of experiments at the Piel laboratory
in the Barrow Channel.

THE OYSTER INVESTIGATION.

Since last year’s report the work on Oysters under
various conditions, and their possible connection with
disease in man, has been carried on actively in the Uni-
versity College laboratories. As it was obvious that a
very important part of the investigation consisted in the
determination of the action and behaviour of the typhoid
organism (Bacillus typhosus) in sea-water and in the body
of the Oyster, a great part of the work has been carried
out by Professor Boyce in the Bacteriological laboratory.
We have also, in the Zoological department, had under
observation a number of oysters which after infection with
the typhoid organism were placed in a stream of con-
stantly running sea-water, in order to ascertain whether
pathogenic organisms can be satisfactorily removed by
washing—or rather by allowing the oyster the opportunity
of passing fresh water through its body. Asa result of
these experiments, a report was drawn up which was
read by Professor Boyce, on September 28rd, before the
_ Physiological Section at the Liverpool Meeting of the
British Association. From that report I extract the
following tables and statements ;—

72 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

_ The present report deals almost exclusively with the
Bacteriology of the oyster and the behaviour of the
Bacillus typhosus in sea-water and in the body of the
oyster. ‘The subject of the green colouration in oysters
is also discussed but will be treated more fully in a
subsequent report. The questions investigated are the
following :—
I. The indentification and differentiation of Bacillus
typhosus and B. coli communis.
Il. The action of sea-water upon the growth of B.
3 typhosus.
III. The Bacteria present in the alimentary canal of
the oyster.
IV. The infection of the oyster with B. typhosus, and
its removal by washing.
V. The green colouration and green disease in oysters.

I.—The Identification and Differentiation of Bacillus

typhosus and B. colt communis.

We have systematically tested the majority of the chief
differential reactions upon samples of Bacillus typhosus
and 6B. colt obtained from numerous sources, and have in
all cases found unmistakable differences between the two
bacilli.

Table showing Differences of Reaction.

Potassium Iodide
Potato Gelatine

Indol
Reaction

Fermentation.

Coagula-
Glucose Gelatine

Source :
tion

A. B. typhosus.
. Institut Pasteur none none none |very small growth
. From spleen of
typhoid patient
Prof. Delépine ms x
weroleWaie it > slight trace | clot slow- PY
(Netley). ly formed

3 Be none none 35
. -Dr.S. Woodhead

bo eR

39 7) 29 33

CONT ON POO

9. Dr. Kanthack ” a ” 99 9

10. Institute of pre-
ventiveMedicine

SEA-FISHERIES LABORATORY. 73

B. ~B. colt.

1. Institut Pasteur | well marked |marked pink{ marked | growth abundant
2. Prof. Delépine BS slight pink Ae a
3. Prof. Wright ¥ pink aA Ee
4, 9 slight pink 56 nA
5, Bi marked pink 0 of
6. ei pink nA a
‘| Dv. 8. Woodhead ; : " zt
" ” 9 29 ”
9. ” oe) 29 9
10. cB) 29 29 ”
i oe) lio t Dae i: 29 9
/ 2 * slight pink : i
13.) Dr. Kanthack . Sie i e 2
14. Institute of Pre- oe #6 = se

ventive Medicine

Summary of Constancy or Variability of Reactions.

A. For B. typhosus :—

1. Fermentation test. Constant (Burri and Stutzer
have shown gas formation).

2. Indol reaction. Slight indication in one case.

Milk Coagulation. Slght clot in one case.

4. Potassic iodide potato gelatine. Characteristic
invariably,very little use as a separating medium.

5. Potatoes. Constant with usual precautions.

6. Reaction in gelatine. Marked differences of rate
of diffusion.

~

B. For B. cola :—

1. Fermentation. Rate of gas formation variable,
otherwise constant.

2. Indol reaction. Reaction not constant.

3. Milk coagulation. Rate variable. Constant with
us, with others not constant.

4. Potassic iodide potato gelatine. Abundant growth.
5. Behaviour in gelatine. Diffusion very variable,
in many cases less rapid than B. typhosus.

6. Motility. Very variable.

j

74 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

II.—The Action of Sea-water upon the Growth of the
B. typhosus.

EXPERIMENT I, EXPERIMENT LY.
No. of No. of
Bacilli Bacilli
At time of mixing - - 29,250 At time of mixing - . 130
After 21 hours - - 20,475 After 6 hours - - 4]
29 45 ” z3 si 9,945 oe) 23 9 ¥ ; 31
ries, anes - - 9,360 a Oh iat - - 38
Be CEO bass - - 5,850 os ae aioe - - negative
) 271 ” 3 = 260 re) 247 cy) S : 1
43, VOLO Gs - - 1] ay ROO was - - 0
EXPERIMENT II. EXPERIMENT Y.
At time of mixing - - - 1,300 At time of mixing - - 31,200
After 21 hours : E 1,105 After 172 hours - - 9,360
om) Haye 8 = = 780 +) 244 ,, 3 . 325
71 - - 650
39 3 wad i
OS is ‘ > 295 EXPERIMENT VI.
spe MLE ss 5 : 2 At time of mixing - - 325
Ae oy) eae : . 0 After 172 hours - - 2
EXPERIMENT III. EXxPrRIMENT VII.
At time of mixing - -, 22,750 At time of mixing - 325
After 5 hours s =) 7,550 After 504 hours (wv ater kept
2 OER) 3) 142700 at 8 Crstor tr C2) - 79
ee! saad he 2
ig - i ; Bee EXPERIMENT VIII.
3 (24 ae - - 455 At time of mixing. - : 325
poll. a. - - 325 After 504 hours - - 0

These results are fairly uniform. When a large number
of Bacilli are added to the water their presence may be
demonstrated longer than in cases where small quantities
are used. Fourteen days would appear to be the average
duration in sea-water incubated at 85°C., whilst when kept
in the cold their presence was demonstrated on the twenty-
first day.* There appears to be no initial or subsequent
multiplication of the Bacili. Between 40 and 70 hours
after infection there is less decrease than at other periods ;
but there is no evidence of increase in numbers of the
Bacilli when grown in sea-water either when incubated
or at ordinary temperatures. We do not think, however,

*Dr. Cartwright Wood, however, finds that the typhoid Bacilli may
possibly persist for two months.

SHA-FISHERIES LABORATORY. ¢5

that these experiments can be taken without reserve as
an indication of what might take place in nature.

IiI.—The Bacteria present in the Alimentary Canal
of the Oyster.

This research has proved of very considerable utility in
euarding us against errors in our subsequent infection
experiments, and is of further interest in demonstrating
the large number of cases in which the colon bacillus was
normally present.

Methods.—In analysing the contents of the stomach we
have, in all cases, cauterised the mantle over the region of
the stomach and have inserted a sterilised fine glass
pipette and withdrawn a quantity of fluid varying from
so to #5 of a cubic centimetre. The contents of the tube
have then been mixed with liquefied agar, ordinary gelatine
or sea-water gelatine and Petri dishes made. The agar
dishes have been incubated at 37°C., the gelatine at 21°C.
to 24°C. As the figures will subsequently demonstrate
there is an enormous difference between the number of
organisms appearing upon the agar incubated at the high
temperature and the simple or sea-water gelatine incubated
at the low temperature. This heat method of separation
proved quite equal to, if not better than, the carbolic acid
or potassic l1odide methods.

Experiments.—In the first six cases examined, pre-
cautions were taken to ensure that the oysters were
especially fresh, in the other cases they were obtained
haphazard from the various shops (see table).

The number of organisms taken from the stomach of
the oyster which could survive a temperature of 37°C.,
was comparatively small. In a very large proportion of
cases (4 to 3) the organism present was B. coli in over-
whelming numbers, and next in frequency were species

76 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. |

No. of Colonies Bacillus isolated giving following Reactions :

Oysters
_ Acay | 52lt-water | Fermen- Tndol Coagula-| KI Motilit 7
5 Gelatine | tation tion |Gelatine y
: 0 | not made
5
C 0 B. coli not
D 0 looked for
E 1
F 6
108
Shop 2, | 1,040 active | marked| marked| marked — decolorised
390
ee; oe
2 active | marked} marked| marked |very motile} decolorised
102
5
9 5 ee
1,170
ill
195
( 5
29 oe 20
ul 3
” a D)
( 3
ei 2 70 active none marked | marked | motile decolorised
( 9 active | none marked | marked = decolorised
5
” ‘| 65
260
(| 195
9 107) 500 .
ll { 65 active | marked] marked) marked | motile decolorised
” ( 70
124) 650
4 {| 260 active none marked | marked | motile decolorised
13! 150 active | marked} marked} marked! motile decolorised
a ee Oo)9) .
l Ae 6 none none marked | marked | motile decolorised
33 { D
15 {| 100 active | marked| marked | marked | motile decolorised
93 ( 5
16! 20 active | marked| marked | marked | motile decolorised
a ( 70
Saye ilis 25 8,025 | active | marked| marked | marked | motile decolorised
219 1 2,330
Aneel) 265 12,000 f
eel 100 1,755 | active | marked} marked | marked motile decolorised
See 35 2,330 | active | marked | marked| marked | motile decolorised
28 15 3,025 | active | marked | marked| marked | motile decolorised
1) 24 40 6,500
as 5 13,000
26 2 8,775 ] ; ‘
29 325 17,550 | active | marked] marked| marked | motile decolorised

7 80 50 | 20,475
a ul 65 2,925 | active | marked| marked} marked]! motile - decolorised

SEA-FISHERIES LABORATORY. eh

of Proteus. It will be seen that in one instance, at least,
the organism approached in its reactions the typhoid
type. We believe that on account of the presence of this
coli group, the identification of the B. typhosus would be
difficult in nature. We cannot at present state whether
the coli group found in these experiments indicates sewage
contamination, or whether, as is quite likely, we are
dealing with a group common in the intestine of the
oyster and in salt-water. The matter is being investigated
by us. But, as bearing upon the next question, we have
found that the perfectly fresh oyster contains far fewer
bacteria and that the percentage of B. coli is much less.

IV.—The Infection of the Oyster with the B. typhosus,
and its removal by washing.

The following table shows that the typhoid bacillus
does not increase in the body or in the tissues of the
oyster. ‘The figures would rather indicate, comparing the
large number of bacilli present in the water with those
found in the alimentary tract, that the bacilli perish in
the intestine.

Table showing Number of Organisms present in
Stomach after infecting Water.

No. of :
; Organisms .
Oyster| Inoculated | Examined OGTR picsent meee ee om ne
har: in Oyster oe
| J 5d SN
1 Aug. 25 | Aug. 26 1,700 | almost en- | water in the same case
5 tirely typhoid) 585,000 per c.e.
33 re) 99 92
3 ans Aug. 27 7,020 es water in the same case
468,000 per c.c.
4 Ay Aug. 28 7,000 a water in the same case
40,950 on agar, 5,200
gelatine per c.c.
5 Aug. 26 | Aug. 29 455 oe
6 Aug. 28 | Aug. 30 195 s water in the same case
2,047,500 per c.c.
(i Bs Sept. 4 390 i
8 » Aug, 31 i 325 si
9 Be Sept. 10 455 pi

78 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

In the following series of experiments infected oysters
were taken, the duplicates of which as seen in the pre-
ceding table contained comparatively large numbers of
the BL. typhosus, and were subjected to a running stream
of pure sea-water. The result is definite and uniform,
there is a great diminution or total disappearance of the
B. typhosus in from one to seven days.

Table showing Organisms present after Washing.

- No. of
Oyster} Inoculated} Washed | Examined COATES Tree of Organisms present
Agar
1 Aug. 25 | Aug. 26 | Aug. 30 80 | 2 colonies B. typhosus
2 ss Aug. 28 ni 23 | B. typhosus present
3 Aug. 26 ” ” 44 ) ”
4 oh Aug. 29 a 40 x 50
5 Aug. 27 Ne ae 5 me A
6 - a Aug. 31 700 | abundant B. typhosus
7 Aug. 28 | Aug. 30 3 55 | B. typhosus present
8 Aug. 26 | Ang. 28 | Sept. 3 4 | 2B. typhosus
9 Aug. 27 | Aug. 29 5 10 | no B. typhosus found
10 - “4 53 8 | 38 colonies of B. typhosus
11 Aug. 28 | Aug. 30 | Sept. 4 4 | 1 colony of B. typhosus
12 ig Sept. 3 7 200 majority B. typhosus
13 Aug. 31 g i 4
14 AUS 128 || Wept. (3 “Se pi. m6 65 | no B. typhosus, but Proteus
15 Aug. 31 5 ar 5 ? B. typhosus
16 *, Sept. 5 a 70 | half of colonies B. typhosus
17 55 Sept. 3 | Sept. 10 1 | no B. typhosus
18 2 Sept. 5 | Sept. 11 2 | 2B. typhosus

V.—The Green Colouration and ‘‘ Green Disease”
in Oysters.

We have continued our investigation of green oysters
from various localities, including both the healthy green
oysters grown at Marennes and other places on the West
and North coasts of France, and in the Roach River in
Essex, and also what we regard as the unhealthy oysters
which show a pale greenness due to a leucocytosis. The
green patches visible to the eye on the mantle of these
oysters correspond to accumulations of the leucocytes

eS eee

SHA-FISHERIES LABORATORY. 79

which in mass have a green tint. These cells are granular
and amoeboid. The granules do not give any definite
reaction with the aniline stains and so far we have not
made out their precise nature.

Dr. Charles Kohn, at our request, has kindly made a
further Chemical analysis of Oysters from various localities
for us, and his results, as expressed in a paper he read on
the subject at the British Association Meeting, are as
follows :—* |

“The early observations of Berthelot which showed
that the green colour of French oysters (‘ huitres de Mar-
ennes’) is not due to chlorophyll, but probably to iron
have been recently extended by A. Chatin and A. Muntz
(Compt. Rend., 1892, cxvi. 17 and 56). From their analy-
tical results these observers conclude that both the green
and the brown colourations of various types of French
oysters are due to the presence of iron, and that the depth
of colour bears a close proportion to the quantity of iron
contamed. The colourations are chiefly apparent in the
gills, but extend also to the labial palps and parts of the
alimentary canal. Chatin and Muntz base their conclu-
sions in the first place upon the fact that they find about
twice as much iron in the gills as in the rest of the body
of green oysters, and secondly upon the occurrence of a
larger quantity of iron in the gills of green than of white
oysters.

“The cause and origin of this colouration is a physiologi-
cal problem of much interest, but the confirmation of
Chatin and Muntz’ results also appeared of importance
to Profs. Herdman and Boyce in connexion with their
investigations on oysters and disease, and therefore the

*I beg to express my thanks to Dr. Kohn for his kindness in making

these determinations for us, and for allowing me to incorporate his results in
this report.

80 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

following experiments on the occurrence of copper as
well as of iron in various kinds of oysters were undertaken
at Professor Herdman’s request. The point at issue is
not so much the nature of the colouring matter, nor
whether it does or does not contain iron, but simply
whether the coloured parts of the green oysters contain
proportionately such an excess of the metal that the colour
can be attributed to its presence. This has not been
found to be the case. The determination of the copper
appeared to be of some interest, since poisonous effects
have often been attributed to its presence, although earlier
observers have shown that a small quantity is a normal
constituent of the blood of the oyster.

“ Hlectrolytic methods of analysis were adoped both for
the determination of iron and copper; these methods I have
already shown (Brit. Assoc. Reports, 1898, p. 726) possess
marked advantages for the estimation of minute quantities
of metal, especially if derived from organic matter, for
they are quite free from any prejudicial influences traces
of organic matter may exert, such as arise when volu-
metric or calorimetric methods are employed. In each
determination the bodies or gills only of six oysters were
carefully washed, dried between filter paper to remove as
much adherent moisture as possible and then carefully
dried in porcelain dishes in the air bath at 100° C.
When this drying was as complete as possible, the oysters
were heated in the air bath until thoroughly carbonised,
the carbon carefully burnt off over the free flame and the
residue finally ignited in a porcelain crucible. Special
care was taken to exclude dust during both the drying
and the ignition. The ash was then thoroughly extracted
with a mixture of 25 c.c. hydrochloric acid and 25 c.c.
sulpharic acid (1:2) on the water bath, and the resulting
solution filtered and concentrated. The residue was free

SS eee

eel, it i i ee, a i i, ee ee i a De

——

.
4
.
.

SEA-FISHERIES LABORATORY. 81

from both copper and iron. The acid solution obtained
was electrolysed for copper with the usual precautions,
a spiral of fine platinum wire weighing about 5 egrme.
being employed as the cathode. Theiron was determined
in the residual solution, after neutralisation with am-
monium hydrate, &c., acidifying with a few drops of
oxalic acid solution, and boiling with ammonium oxalate.
Four grme. of the oxalate were added in each case, the
precipitated calcium oxalate (which is quite free from
iron) filtered off and thoroughly washed and the resulting
solution electrolysed, the metallic iron being also deposited
on a spiral of platinum wire. A blank experiment with
all the reagents employed was made and the amount of
metal found (0°0002 grme. iron) deducted in each case.
Also the deposited metal, both iron and copper, was
dissolved off the electrode by acid, the solution obtained
tested by the ordinary reagents and the spiral re-weighed,
as a check upon the determinations since the quantities
found were extremely small.

“The following table gives the results obtained, the iron
being expressed in milligrammes per six oysters or gills
of six oysters in each case, so that the weights given
express the figures actually found.

T.—Deternunation of Iron.

vy = French <

Six Oysters coerce de Marcie” Dutch American
Gills only 0-6 mgrme. 0-4 2°3
Bodies minus gills 1°2 UGS: Ih

“From these figures it is evident that there is not an
excessive quantity of iron in the gills of the green oysters,
the proportion of iron in the gills as compared with the

82. TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

rest of the body is somewhat more (1:2) than that found
in Dutch oysters (1:3°7) but much less than in American
oysters which are white (1'4:1). The comparison is pur-
posely made on the absolute quantity of metal in the gills
and the rest of the body, as any other basis for calculation
is fallacious. Chatin and Muntz reckon on the weight
of the dried organic matter present, but it was not found
possible to get anything approaching constant weights in
this way. This may to some extent account for the
differences in our results, but I should also like to point
out that although the ratio of iron in the gills and the
rest of the body in green and in brown oysters is from
1:1°8 (feebly green) up to 1:2°3 (very green) they also
instance white oysters with a proportion of 1:1°6. Itis
certainly somewhat strange that they find more iron in
the gills than in the rest of the body in all cases, which
is not the case in my own experiments. But the quanti-
ties of metal present are so small, that since they do not
state how many oysters were taken for analysis and
employ the permanganate method for the estimation of
the iron, it 1s difficult to say what degree of absolute
accuracy their results represent and therefore to judge in
how far their analytical data justify their conclusions.

‘From two points of view the above results show that

the greenness of the gills of French oysters is certainly
not due to iron :—

(1) Because the gills of the green oysters contain less
iron than the rest of the body;

(2) Because the proportion of iron in the gills as
compared with the rest of the body in white
(American) oysters is greater than in the green.

“That the method is reliable is shown by two determin-

ations of the iron in the gills of American oysters one
giving 2°3 and the other 1°8 merme. of iron per six pairs

SEA-FISHERIES LABORATORY. 83

of gills. Variations in the size of the oysters will of
course account for small differences, especially with the
bodies.

Il.—Deternunation of Copper.

ae Ass French. = he <

Six Oysters Coninirteee dowWlavennie® Dutch American
Gills only Trace 0°8 ey
Bodies minus gills 2°4 mgrme. 1-4 3°3

“These results show that copper is present normally in|
both green and in white oysters in small quantity, but
that the greenness of the gills of french oysters is certainly
not due to this metal—in fact they contain only the merest
trace.

“Experiments by Prof. Herdman on the feeding of
oysters with very dilute saline solutions of iron and ot
copper salts entirely confirm these analytical data.
Beyond a certain amount of post-mortem green staining
the oysters did not acquire any green colour.’’*

Prof. Thorpe who examined some green oysters obtained
by Dr. Bulstrode at Falmouth found that they contained
a notable amount of Copper. Possibly, however, the
copper, in this exceptional case supposed to be derived
from copper mines, may be merely mechanically deposited
in the oyster, and although present may not be the actual
cause of the colour, as we found the living oyster would
not become coloured from copper salts.

Since our report on oysters and disease was read before
the British Association in September, a bulky Local
Government Board Report Supplement by Dr. Thorne

*See, for further details our account of these experiments in last year’s
Report, p. 62.

84 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Thorne, Dr. Bulstrode and Dr. E. Klein has appeared,
the conclusions in which very largely agree with and
support the results arrived at hy Prof. Boyce and myself.
Dr. Bulstrode independently corroborates our account of
the “‘ pale green”’ disease, which he has also met with.

Oysters are at present being much discussed by the
public and are sometimes condemned upon what seem
insufficient grounds. Under these circumstances I feel
myself justified in drawing up the following remarks of
a general nature, addressed to the public, upon :—

‘‘ Healthy and Unhealthy Oysters.”’

It is very important at the present juncture that the
public should recognise—both in justice to our famous
‘‘Natives’’ and other fishery industries, and also for their
own comfort and ease of mind—that although some
oysters and other shellfish may be liable to convey disease,
others, probably most of them, are a healthy and valuable
food; not perhaps a necessity, but certainly in the case of
some invalids and convalescents, and to the hard-driven
brain worker, an important addition to the diet. The
recent oyster scare, or rather succession of scares, must
have inflicted an immense amount of injury upon the
oyster trade, and have caused much uneasiness and alarm
amongst consumers. We can scarcely doubt, however,
that the result will be advantageous to all concerned in
the end, if only the sanitary authorities and the oyster
srowers can be induced to act upon the information now
being supplied from various laboratories as to the life-
processes of the oyster and the possible connection with
disease germs.

The strongly worded Local Government Board Report
which appeared towards the end of 1896, containing
reports by the Medical Officer and others, drew public
attention to what had been previously known only to a

iii

SEA-FISHERIES LABORATORY. 85

few investigators, viz., that some—by no means all—of
our oysters and mussels are grown or kept under most
insanitary conditions, and may when taken as food,
without the necessary precautions, from unhealthy local-
ities, cause disease or poisoning. Since the publication
of this ‘‘ Yellow book” there has been a certain amount
of complaint, and even some indignant remonstrance
from oyster producers, much inquiry on the part of the
public, and some correspondence in scientific_journals.
It seems to me that a few points want to be clearly stated,
and some conclusions drawn as to the future regulation
of our shellfish trade.

In the first place, out of the various forms of human
poisoning which can be caused by food, shellfish, under
unhealthy conditions, may give rise to two which are very
distinct from one another. They are:—1l. Bacterial
infection, due to the presence of actual living disease
germs, derived presumably from sewage. 2. Intoxication
with organic poisons developed in the body of the oyster
or mussel.

We need scarcely consider the third possible case,
poisoning by means of copper salts taken into the body of
the shellfish from its environment, as this, if it ever
occurs, must be very rare. All oysters contain a little
copper in their blood, but not enough to do any harm.

We are left then with the two possible causes of disease
—specific bacterial infection and organic poisons. Ifa
case of typhoid arises from eating an oyster, then we
suppose that oyster must have contained the living
typhoid bacilli, and these must have reached the oyster
from some previous case of typhoid—that is bacterial
infection, and the disease only develops after the proper
and considerable interval. If, on the other hand, more or
less severe gastric derangement and other symptoms of

86 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

acute poisoning follow almost immediately after eating
shellfish, usually mussels, that we suppose to be due to
the toxic effect of an organic poison or ptomaine called
mytilotoxine developed in the liver of the shellfish as the
result of an unhealthy life and probably caused by microbes.
The two causes are distinct, and their effects upon man
are very different, but both are due in the long run to
contamination of the water, and so to want of care in
choosing suitable localities for our shellfish beds.

So it comes to this, if we can have our mussel beds and
oyster farms and “layings”’ inspected by competent
authorities, and certified by the Board of Trade or some
sanitary authority as being in a healthy condition, we
could eat our oysters with an easy mind, which would
be an undoubted advantage both to consumers and “the
trade.” The only objections, I take it, that can be urged
against such a plan of inspection are—First, What are we
to do with foreign oysters—Dutch, French, or American ?
Some or all of them may be good, but we cannot ensure
that they are reared in thoroughly sanitary conditions.
In the second place, pure sea-water, free from any chance
of sewage contamination, can no longer be found close to
any of our large coast towns, and yet localities in our
estuaries and in the immediate neighbourhood of large
centres of population are, from obvious reasons, the most
convenient places for fattening and storing oysters.

It is probable, then, that we must be satisfied with a
compromise. We must be content with something less
than absolute perfection. After all, we do not want—
even if we could get it—an aseptic oyster. The rest of
our food—our milk, our bread and cheese, our ham sand-
wiches, and so on—are teeming with germs, most of them
harmless so far as we know, but some of them may be
just as bad as any that can be in shellfish. If we were

SEA-FISHERIES LABORATORY. 87

to insist on breathing filtered air and eating nothing but
sterile food washed down with antiseptic drinks, we
should probably die of starvation or something worse, if
we did not go mad first with the constant anxiety.
Pasteur once started the interesting question, which is
now being worked out, whether the life of a higher animal,
such as man, is possible under absolutely aseptic condi-
tions, free from all germs. Whether possible or not, it
would certainly not be desirable. We probably owe more,
on the whole, to micro-organisms than will counterbalance
what we suffer from them.

Consequently, I would urge the exercise of common-
sense by the public, and of moderation on the part of some
sanitary reformers. By all means let us get our oyster
beds as healthy as possible but do not insist upon con-
ditions which will make it impossible to rear any oysters
at all.

Professor Boyce and I, as the result of our work at this
subject—oysters and disease—for the last two years, recom-
mended a year ago (in the report for 1895 on the Lancashire
Sea-Hisheries Laboratory) two sanitary measures—namely,
Ist, the inspection of all grounds upon which shellfish
are grown or bedded so as to ensure their practical
freedom from sewage; and, 2nd, the use, when necessary,
of what the French call dégorgeoiurs—tanks of clean
water, in which the oysters should be placed for a short
time before they are sent to the consumer. Iam inclined
now to suggest that a combination of these two methods
would be a practical and satisfactory solution of the
present difficulty. The dégorgeows may be regarded as a
precautionary measure of the nature of quarantine, to
which oysters from foreign or unknown beds, or such as
are suspected from any reason, should be subjected. Our
experiments at University College have shown, as Professor

88 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Boyce announced to the physiological section at the
recent British Association meeting, that it is easy to get
rid of bacterial infection by placing the shellfish in a
stream of running water. When oysters were infected
with typhoid, and were then placed in a series of vessels
through which a stream of sea-water was kept running,
it was found that there was a great diminution or total
disappearance of the typhoid bacillus in from one to seven
days. The water need not be sea-water (although that is
best), but may be fresh-water with a little salt, as oysters
frequently live in estuaries which are brackish, or, at
times, almost wholly fresh; and I may add, for the
comfort of troubled housekeepers, that a clean vessel in
the pantry sink under the running tap is a very fair
substitute for our more elaborate experimental apparatus,
and that even one day makes a great deal of difference in
the washing-out of the germs. I need scarcely say that
the oysters must be alive. It is no use subjecting oysters
that have been opened to this prolonged soaking. The
essence of the ‘‘degorgement”™’ treatment is that the
living animal purifies itself.

Authoritative inspection and licensing of the shellfish
erounds would, no doubt, result in many beds being at
once certified as quite healthy, and oysters from these
might then be sold without restrictions, and consumed
with peace of mind; a few localities, which are discussed
in the Local Government Board Report, would be at once
condemned as unsuitable to have any connection whatever
with human food; while there would remain a number of
spots in estuaries or near large towns where the conditions
are not absolutely bad and are not wholly good, and
oysters from such places should be subjected to the
“degorgement’”’ treatment before being sold. One other
simple piece of advice: The oyster ought to be obtained

SEA-FISHERIES LABORATORY. 89

as fresh as possible from the sea, or from moving water.
It is not good for any animal—the oyster is like its
consumer in this as in many other respects—to be shut
up in a barrel or a sack for days or weeks, and if you put
the oyster under unhealthy conditions, you will probably
eat unhealthy oysters.

A careful consideration, then, of our own experiments,
and of the evidence given in the recent Local Government
Board Report and derived from other sources, leads us to
the conclusion that what is indicated at the present time
is that (1) some fisheries or sanitary authority should offer
to inspect the beds, and certify as to their condition;
(2) the oyster growers and merchants should unite in an
effort to remove all grounds for suspicion by allowing
biological as well as economical considerations to weigh
with them in their choice of localities for ‘‘ laying,” and
(83) the public should not give way to unnecessary alarm.
We cannot escape disease germs, and we probably all of
us encounter them frequently without any consequences.
Shellfish only share with milk, bread, cold meat, the
water we drink, and the air we breathe the responsibility
of occasionally being liable to convey disease to the
human body, and that is no sufficient reason for avoiding
what is otherwise healthy food. Common-sense on the
part of the public, reform where necessary by the oyster
trade, and regulation by some impartial authority, ought
to enable us to feed on healthy oysters with an easy
mind.

THE Marine Laporatory AT PIEtL.

In the introduction to last year’s report I alluded to
the fitting up of a branch laboratory at Piel (Roa Island)
in Barrow Channel. At first it was only proposed that
the large boat house attached to the house known as
Villa Marina should be made use of, and under these

90 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

circumstances, at the request of your Committee, in my
capacity of Honorary Director of your Scientific work, I
draw up the following suggested scheme of observations :—

‘‘ MEMORANDUM sent by W. A. Herdman to the Chairman
of the Lancashire Sea-Fisheries Committee on August
19th, 1896, in regard to the uses that could be made
of Bouchots, Lobster tank, and Branch Laboratory,
Piel Island.

I. Bouchots.

“The chief object, it seem to me, of these experimental
Bouchots is to enable us to institute a comparison between
the two methods of rearing mussels:—on Beds, and on
Bouchots. We already have the mussels growing in beds
in our neighbourhood. What we want to know is :—

(1) Can we usefully supplement the beds by Bouchots ?

(2) Can we erect Bouchots where beds will not flourish ?

(3) Can we raise and fatten the mussels more rapidly

on the Bouchots than in the beds ?

‘Tn order to ascertain these points, Mr. Scott and the
Bailiffs in the neighbourhood of Piel should familiarise
themselves as thoroughly as possible with the conditions
of the mussels, young and old, on the different parts of
the beds, and should as far as possible ascertain the rate
of growth on the different parts of different beds. Then
samples of young mussels of different ages, some very
young, others half grown, should be put in the wattling on
the Bouchots, and carefully observed from time to time,
and samples should be opened say once a month in order
to ascertain their condition and rate of growth. In this
way a direct comparison could be instituted between the
Bouchot grown mussels and those on the beds,

SEA-FISHERIES LABORATORY. 91

Il. The Lobster Tank.

“The first object ought to be to see whether full grown
lobsters will live healthily in the tank. That is being
ascertained at present. Several lobsters are now in the
tank and are being watched and fed.

“The second point is to determine whether adult lobsters
will breed in the pond, and whether the females ‘in
berry’ will not only live but will manage to keep their
developing embryos.alive up to the period of hatching, in
captivity.

‘““ When all that has been ascertained by experiment, I
should recommend that a further very important step be
taken, and that we try to secure and rear the young
lobsters hatched out from the eggs of the adult females.
That I think can be done by placing the parent lobster
for a few days at the time when the young are hatching
out in wire gauze cages from which the young can be
removed and transferred to tanks in the Piel laboratory.
Further experiments wiil then have to be tried as to the
conditions of water and feeding under which these young
lobsters can be kept healthy and reared in captivity.

III. The Branch Laboratory at Piel.

‘“‘Tt seems to me that the most useful purposes to which

this work room can be put are—

(1) to enable Mr. Scott and the Bailiffs to examine in
the fresh condition the samples of mussels and
other shellfish taken from the neighbouring beds.

(2) The tanks under cover in the Laboratory should be
used for rearing the young lobsters when these
have been hatched out in the lobster pond on the
shore. ;

(3) The Piel laboratory would be suitable for trying
the effect upon living shellfish—oysters, mussels,

92 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

and cockles—of various fluids, such as fresh-water,
water from docks, and discharges from chemical
works, which are known or supposed to find their
way to the shellfish beds.

(4) I should propose that early next spring, as soon as
the Sea-Fisheries steamer is able to obtain for us
the necessary spawning fish, Mr. Scott should try,
in the Piel laboratory, the same experiments in the
hatching of edible sea-fish which were successfully
carried out last Haster at Port Erin.”

Since this memorandum was prepared, however, a wider
scheme has developed involving the conversion of the
villa itself into a Marine Laboratory both for Fisheries
Observations and Scientific Research. As the details of
that scheme are now under consideration it would be
premature to discuss them in the present report. I have
no doubt that the results of the work carried on at the
Piel Marine Laboratory will figure largely in our future
reports, and will have an important influence on the
scientific development of the Lancashire Sea-Fisheries.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PAE, ae

Figure of the Tanks, Water-wheel, and other apparatus
used in the Fish-Hatching experiment at Port Erin.

PAE eal
Fig. 1. Egg of Lemon Sole 18 hours after being fertilised.
Fig. 2. 99 ” 42 9 ”

Fig. 3. ” ” 66 ” mee

Fig.
Hie.
Fig.
Fig.
nie.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
ie,
Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Bae,
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

SRA-FISHERIES LABORATORY. 93

4, Ege of Lemon Sole 90 hours after being fertilised.
5. Ms 3 114 « re
6. if is 138 at 74
7 Bare x 162 : P
8 fF oO 186 % 3
at the point of hatching.
9. Egg of Witch 168 hours after being fertilised ; at

the point of hatching.
10. Newly hatched Witch, ventral view.

PuATE III.
1. Egg of Witch 18 hours after being fertilised.
2 £ 42 si a
3. + f 66 - .
Aas a he 90 s 5
i) i es ie dell oe cf
6 = ceawclas e 2
fé : peo ee a
Cae ay a dbsis . "

Just previous to hatching out.

9. Egg of Witch 186 hours after being fertilised.
Just previous to hatching out.

10. Newly hatched Witch, lateral view.

PuaTe LV.
1. Egg of Grey Gurnard 18 hours after being fertilised.
2 e fs 42 : 3
3 ‘3 * 66 a i,
4. a Ks 90 * zi
5. Me ~ 114 - me
6 5 i 138 ss a
yi a A 162 is i
8 - ms 186 Fe x
G, is i 190 .
Oa ic ds ‘3 190 pee ines

94 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

APPENDIX :—
CATALOGUE of the “FISHERIES COLLECTION ”

IN THE

ZOOLOGICAL DEPARTMENT, UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL.

Tuts ‘‘ Fisheries Collection,’’ formed to illustrate the
Sea-Fisheries of Liverpool Bay and the neighbouring
parts of the Irish Sea, was commenced a few years ago
in connection with the Lancashire Sea-Fisheries Labora-
tory at University College. It was largely added to for
the purpose of illustrating the Fisheries lectures given,
under the auspices of the Lancashire and Cheshire Sea-
Fisheries Committee, at University College in the summer
of 1895; and by the addition of specimens collected for
the Reports issued upon Oyster and other shell-fish culture.
It has now been re-arranged and catalogued on being
transferred to the new Museum generously given by the
late Mr. George Holt to the Zoological Department of
University College.

In the practical work of forming and arranging the
Collection I have received much help from Mr. Andrew
Scott, Fisheries Assistant to the Committee.

Some of the specimens, photographs and diagrams
have already been used for Fisheries lectures ; and now, in
this more complete condition, in the new building, it is
hoped that the Collection will prove of much service in
connection with lectures, demonstrations, and other forms
of technical instruction both to Fishermen and others.

It is probably as important for the future of Fisheries
investigation and improvement, and of just legislation in
regard to the Fisheries, that the general public should

FISHERIES CATALOGUE. 95

have opportunities of learning and realising the truth in
regard to the habits and lfe-histories of food fishes, and
the inter-relations of animals in the sea, as it is that the
fisherman himself should be instructed in such matters.

In addition to public lectures, the establishment in
each sea-fisheries district of a technical museum, or collec-
tion illustrating the local fish and fisheries, showing the
spawn and other stages in the life-history of the various
fishes, their foods, their parasites, their diseases, and so
forth, is an important method by which an educated public
opinion upon Fishery questions can be formed. Such a
collection would also be available for consultation on
detailed points by fishermen, fish-salesmen, fishery officers,
and members of Sea-Fisheries Committees in the district ;
and would probably be of interest to fisheries experts
from other parts of the country and from abroad who
may desire information as to our local industries and the
conditions under which they are carried on.

W. A. HERDMAN.

JuLy, 1896.

JANUARY, 1897 :—This Catalogue is now reprinted,
with some additions and corrections, for the use of the
Lancashire Sea-Fisheries Committee.

Wave EE

96 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

FISHERIES COLLECTION.

Most of the animals in the sea which form the object
of our Local Fisheries belong to one or other of three
great groups, viz. :—
I. Puiscres.—Fishes properly so-called (Cod, Her-
ring, &c.)—Vertebrate or Back-boned animals
with fins and scales, but no shell.

Il. Monuusca.—Shell-fish—(Oyster, Mussel, &c.)
—Animals with no back-bone and no limbs;

the soft unjointed body is enclosed in a hard
shell.

Itt. Crusracea.—Legged Shell-fish (Lobster, Crab,
Shrimp, &c.)—Animals with no backbone,
but with legs, feelers, and other limbs; the
jointed body has an outer hard covering.

In addition to these direct objects of the Fisherman’s
work there are many other groups of animals in the sea
which, although not themselves edible, are of very great
importance to the Fishing industries, and must not be
neglected by those who would form a correct opinion on
the feeding and breeding of our marketable fish. Many
of the inedible lower (invertebrate) animals are of immense
importance as the food, or the food of the food, of edible
fish. Others are parasites or act injuriously, directly or
indirectly, at some time in the life-history, upon food
fishes—this includes such cases as the competition between
non-marketable fish such as the Solenette and marketable
fish of similar habits. |

FISHERIES CATALOGUE. 97

The arrangement of the series of specimens in this
collection is as follows :—

A.

iB.

M.

The Series of Fishes of the district—whether
edible or not.

Series showing the Reproductive Organs, the
Spawn, and the young stages in the develop-
ment and life-history of Fishes from the Egg
onwards.

Series of Foods of various fishes, both young and
old.

Series of Fish Parasites—internal and external.

Other Enemies of Fishes.

Collection showing Diseases or abnormal condi-
tions of Fishes.

Collection of Edible Shell-fish of our district.

Collection illustrating Oyster culture in France,
Holland and other countries.

Collection of Edible Crustacea.

Collection of Sea-bottoms and other submarine
deposits.

Collection of Natural Baits used in the Fisheries.

Collection of Models of fishing implements, of

apparatus for fish culture, and hatching, and of
shell-fish cultivation.

Series of Photographs and Lantern Slides illus-
trating the Lancashire Sea-Fisheries District.

Collection illustrating the Regulations of Sea-
Fisheries Committees and other Authorities.

=m aa

98 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

A.—Collection of Fishes of the District, arranged
Zoologically.

Class :—PISCES.—THE TRUE FISHES.

The Fishes are back-boned animals, living in water,
with cold blood, and breathing by means of gills placed
at the sides of the throat; the limbs are in the form of
fins, and the skin is generally covered with scales; a row
of sense-organs along each side of the body forms a
conspicuous “‘ lateral line.”’

With the exception of the Mud-fishes (Dipnoi) which
are not marine, and do not occur in Europe, all the great
eroups (Teleostei, Ganoidei, Klasmobranchii and Cyclo-
stomata) are represented in our district. Some members
of all the groups of fishes are edible, but by far the most
important groups from the economic point of view are
the Teleoste1 and the Elasmobranchii, and especially the
former.

Sub-class 1. —THLEOSTEI.—THE BONY
FISHES.

With well developed jaws, fins, and scales; with a
bony skeleton, having completely formed vertebra, no
spiral valve in the intestine, tail evenly lobed externally,
gills free on gill arches underneath a gill cover; air bladder
generally present.

Order ACANTHOPTERYGII.
With stiff, unjomted spines in the fins; the air
ladder has no duct.

7
:

FISHERIES CATALOGUE. 99

Family SPARIDA.
Pagellus centrodontus, De la Roche (Day,* vol. I., p. 36,
pl. XIII.). The common sea bream.
Family Corripé.
Cottus scorpius, Linn. (Day, vol. I., p. 49, pls. XIX. and
XX.). The sea-scorpion.
Cottus bubalis, Kuphrasen (Day, vol. I., p. 51, pl. XX.).
The father lasher.
Trigla herundo, Linn. (Day, vol. I., p. 59, pl. XXIV.).
The yellow gurnard.
Trigla gurnardus, Linn. (Day, vol. I., p. 62, pl. XXV.).
The common gurnard.
Family CATAPHRACTI.
Agonus cataphractus, Linn. (Day, vol. L., p. 67, pl.
XXVITI.). The pogge.
Family PEDICULATI.
Lophius piscatorius, Linn. (Day, vol. I., p. 73, pl.
XXIX.). Angler or devil-fish.
Family TRACHINIDZ.
Trachinus vipera, Cuv. (Day, vol. I., p. 81, pl. XXXLI.).
Lesser weever or sting-fish.
Family ScoMBRID&.
Scomber scomber, Linn. (Day, vol. I., p. 83, pl. XXXII.
and XXXITI.). The mackerel.
Family Cyrvip&.
Zeus faver, tinn. (Day, vol. I., p. 188, pl. XLVIIL.).
The John Dory.
Family GoBIIDé.
Gobius ruthensparrt, Huphr. (Day, vol. I., p. 160, pl.
LIl.). The two-spotted goby.

* Under each species a reference is given to the vol., page, and plate in
Day’s Fishes of Great Britain, the work most generally consulted on the
subject.

100 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Gobwus minutus, Gmel. (Day, vol. 1., p. 165, pl. LIT).
The freckled goby.
Gobius quadrimaculatus, Cuv. and Val. (Day, vol. L.,
p. 168, pl. LIII.). The four-spotted goby.
Family CALLIONYMID.
Callionymus lyra, Linn. (Day, vol. I., p. 174, pl. LIV.).
The dragonet.
Family DiscoBot.t.
Cyclopterus lwmpus, Linn. (Day, vol. I., p. 180, pl. LY.).
Lump-sucker or hen-fish.
Inparis vulgaris, Linn. (Day, vol. I., p. 184, pl. LVI).
The sea snail.
Liparis montagui, Donovan, (Day, vol. I., p. 184, pl.
LVI.). Diminutive lump-sucker.
Family GOBIESOCIDA.
Lepadogaster gouann, Lacép. (Day, vol. I., p. 189, pl.
LVII.). The cornish sucker.
Lepadogaster bimaculatus, Donovan (Day, vol. I., p.
192, pl. LVII.). The doubly-spotted sucker.
Family BLENNIID2.
Blennius pholis, Linn. (Day, vol. I., p. 203, pl. LX.).
The shanny.
Blennius ocellaris, Linn. (Day, vol. I., p. 201, pl. LIX.).
The butterfly blenny.
Carelophus ascanit, Walbaum (Day, vol. I., p. 206, pl.
LX.). Yarrell’s blenny.
Centronotus gunnellus, Linn. (Day, vol. I., p. 208, pl.
LXI.). The butter-fish.
Family GASTEROSTEIDZ.
Gasterosteus spinachia, Linn. (Day, vol. I., p. 246, pl.
LXVIIL.). The fifteen-spined stickleback.
Family LABRIDz.
Labrus mixtus, Fries och Ekstrom (Day, vol. I., p. 256,
pl. LXXII.). The cook wrasse.

FISHERIES CATALOGUE. 101

Centrolabrus exoletus, Linn. (Day, vol. I., p. 267, pl.
LXXVI.). The rock cook.

Order ANACANTHINT.

There are no spines ; the fin rays are soft, and
jointed ; the ventral fins if present are far forward; the
air bladder if present has no duct.

Family GapIp#—the Cod family.

One of the most important families of fishes from the
economic point of view.

Gadus morrhua, Linn. (Day,vol. I.,p.275, pl. UX XVIII.).
The cod—probably the most useful of all fish to
man. No part of the body seems valueless. In
addition to its prime importance as a food, oil is
extracted from the liver, the head, tongue and sounds
can be made to form a good article of food, the offal
and bones when steamed, dried and ground up are
converted into very good manure said to be equal as

a fertilizer to Peruvian guano, the roe is a splendid

bait used in the sardine fisheries of France and Spain,

and from the swim-bladder isinglass is made.

Gadus eglefinus, Linn. (Day, vol. IL, p. 288, pl.
LXXIX.). The haddock.

Gadus nunutus, Linn. (Day, vol. I., p. 288, pl. LXXXT.).
The power cod.

Gadus merlangus, Linn. (Day, vol. I., p. 290, pl.
LXXXII.). The whiting.

Gadus luscus, Willughby (Day, vol. I., p. 286, pl. LXXX.).
The bib.

Gadus pollachius, Linn. (Day, vol. I., p. 296, pl.
LXXXITI.). The pollack.

Merluccius vulgaris, Cuv. (Day, vol. I., p. 300, pl.
LXXXY.). The hake, |

102 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Molwa vulgaris, Flem. (Day, vol. I., p. 305, pl.

LXXXVI.). The ling.

Lota vulgaris, Cuv. (Day, vol. I., p. 308, pl. LXXXVIL.).

The burbot.

Motella mustela, Linn. (Day, vol. IL, p. 3145 ph

LXXXVIITI.). The five-bearded rockling.

Family OPHIDIIDA.
Ammodytes lanceolatus, Lesauv. (Day, vol. I., p. 329,
pl. XCII.). The greater sand-eel.
Ammodytes tobianus, Linn. (Day, vol. I., p. 331, pl.
XCII.). The lesser sand-eel.
Family PLEURONECTIDZ—the flat fishes.

A very important family of food fishes. The
symmetry is so disturbed in the adult that both eyes
are placed on one, the coloured, side of the body, which
is uppermost as the fish les on the sea-bottom. _

Hippoglossoides limandoides (Day, vol. IL., p. 9, pl.

XCV.). Long rough dab.

Ehombus maximus, Linn. (Day, vol. IL, p. 11, pl.

XGVI.). The turbot.

Ehombus levis, Rondel. (Day, vol. IL., p. 14, pl.

XCVII.). The brill or brett.

fihombus norvegicus, Gunther (Proc. Roy. Soc. Edin.,

VOl a XVie@lss9)i sor 217 ole Dy pane Oar

The Norway top-knot.

Zeugopterus unvmaculatus, Risso (Day, vol. II., p. 16,
pl. XCIX.). Bloch’s topknot.

Zeugopterus punctatus, Bloch (Day, vol. II., p. 18,
pl. C.). Muller’s topknot.

Arnoglossus megastoma, Donovan (Day, vol. IL., p. 21,
pl. XCVIIL.). The sail fluke.

Arnoglossus laterna, Walb. (Day, vol. II., p. 22, pl.

XCIX). The megrim.

Pleuronectes platessa, Linn. (Day, vol. II., p. 26, pl.

CI.). The plaice,

|

FISHERIES CATALOGUE. 208

Plewronectes nucrocephalus, Donovan (Day, vol. IL.,

| p. 28, pl. CII.). Leemon-sole.

Pleuronectes cynoglossus, Linn. (Day, vol. II., p. 30,
pl. CIIL.). The witch.

Pleuronectes limanda, Linn. (Day, vol. II., p. 31,
pl. CIV.). The dab.

Pleuronectes flesus, Linn. (Day, vol. II., p. 83, pl.
CV.). The flounder.

Solea vulgaris, Quensel (Day, vol. IT., p. 38, pl. CVI).
The sole.

Solea variegata, Donovan (Day, vol. II., p. 438, pl.
CVIII.). The variegated sole.

Solea lutea, Risso (Day, vol. II., p. 44, pl. CVIIT.).
The solenette.

Order PHYSOSTOMI.

Fin rays jointed, ventral fins, if present, far back ;
air bladder, if present, has a duct.
Family SALMONIDZA.
Argentina sphyrena, Linn. (Day, vol. II., p. 186, pl.
CXXV.).

[Fresh water Salmonide omitted].
Family SCOMBRESOCIDZA..
Belone vulgaris, Willughby (Day, vol. II., p. 147, pl.
CXXVITI.). The garfish.
Family CuupEIDa, the Herring tribe.
A very important family of food fishes.
Clupea harengus, Linn. (Day, vol. II., p. 208, pl.
CXXXVIII.). The herring.
Clupea spratius, Linn. (Day, vol. HL., p. 230, pl.
CXXXIX.). The spyrat.
Family MURANIDA.
Anguilla vulgaris, Turt. (Day, vol. II., p. 241, pl.
CETL). The eel,

104 TRANSAC'TIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Conger vulgaris, Cuv. (Day, vol. IT., p. 250, pl. CXLIL.).
The conger.

Order LOPHOBRANCHILI.

Strong bony plates covering surface; with a long
snout having the small toothless mouth at its end; gills
in little tufts; air bladder with no duct.

Family SYNGNATHIDH—pipe fishes.
Siphonostoma typhle, Linn. (Day, vol. II., p. 257,
pl. CXLIV.). The broad-nosed pipe fish.
Syngnathus acus, Linn. (Day, vol. II., p. 259, pl.
CXLIV.). The great pipe-fish.
Nerophis lumbriciformis, Willughby (Day, vol. IT., p. 263,
pl. XLIV.). The worm pipe-fish.

Sub-class IJ.—GANOIDEI.

With bony plates on the surface of the body. One
actual gill opening on each side under gill cover. Air
bladder with duct. Spiral valve.

Family ACIPENSERIDZ.
Acipenser sturio, Linn. (Day, vol. I., p. 280, pl. cma
The sturgeon.

Sub-class IIT.—HLASMOBRANCHII.
SHARKS, DOGFISH, RAYS AND SKATES.

With a cartilaginous skeleton and an unevenly lobed
tail. The gills are in separate pouches opening by separate
gill shts on the sides or lower surface of the throat, there
is no gill cover; no air bladder. The eggs are large and
fewin number. The large mouth, armed with numerous
teeth, is on the lower surface of a prominent snout.

FISHERIES CATALOGUE. 105

Family CARCHARIIDZ—Sharks.
Galeus vulgaris, Flem. (Day, vol. II., p. 292, pl. CLIII.).
The tope.
Mustelus vulgaris, Muller and Henle (Day, vol. IL.,
p. 295, pl. CLYV.). The smooth-hound.
Family Lamnripa—Dogfish.
Lamna cornubica, Gmel. (Day, vol. IL., p. 297, pl.
CLVI.). The Porbeagle or Beaumaris shark.
Family ScYLLIIDZ.
Scylluum canicula, Linn. (Day, vol. II., p. 309, pl.
CLIX.). The spotted dog-fish.
Pristiurus melanostomus, Rafin. (Day, vol. II., p. 314,
pl. CLX.). The black-mouthed dog-fish.
Family SPINACIDZA.
Acanthias vulgaris, Risso. (Day, vol. II., p. 315, pl.
CLX.). The picked-dog.
Family RHINIDA.
hina squatina, Linn. (Day, vol. II., p. 326, pl.
CLXIII.). Angel-fish or Monk.
Family Ratipa—the Skates.
Raia batis, Linn. (Day, vol. IL., p. 336, pl. CLXVI).
The blue skate.
Raia clavata, Linn. (Day, vol. II., p. 343, pl. CLXXI.).
The thornback.
Raia maculata, Montagu (Day, vol. II., p. 345, pl.
CLXXII.). The spotted-ray.
fiaia radiata, Donovan (Day, vol. II., p. 347, pl.
CLXXIII.). The starry-ray.
Rava circularis, Couch (Day,vol.II., p.348, pl. CLXXIYV.).
The cuckoo-ray. :

Sub-class [V.—CYCLOSTOMATA.

Mouth sucker-like, skeleton cartilaginous, no complete

106 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

vertebra in back bone, no ribs and no developed jaws, no
limb-fins ; gills in separate sacks on sides of body.
Family PETROMYZONTID™, Lampreys.
Petromyzon fluviatilis, Linn. (Day, vol. II., p. 359, pl.
CUXXXIX.). Silver lamprey.

B.—Series showing the Reproductive Organs, the Spawn,
-and the young stages in the development and life-
history of some fishes from the Egg onwards.

B. I. SERIES OF OVARIES AND TESTES (hard and soft roe).

1. Ovaries (hard roe) of mature whiting (Gadus
merlangus).
2. Testes (soft roe) of mature whiting.
3. Ovaries (hard roe) of mature haddock (Gadus
eglefinus).
. Testes (soft roe) of mature haddock.
. Ovaries of mature herring (Clupea harengus).
. Testes of mature herring.
. Ovary and oviducts of skate (Raza batis).
. Dissection of plaice (Plewronectes platessa) show-
ing immature reproductive organs.
9. Dissection of plaice showing mature repro-
ductive organs.

con ow >

B. Il. SERIES OF MATURE OVARIAN EGGS.

1. Eges from the ovary of cod (Gadus morrhua).
De i =F whiting (G. merlangus).

oF % a haddock (G.. eglefinus).

4 - hake (Merluccius vulgaris).
5 3 fs erey gurnard (Trigla gur-

nardus),

|

FISHERIES CATALOGUE. 107

6. Eges from the ovary of blenny (Blennus, sp.).

fe

meee TV.

lumpsucker (Cyclopterus
lumypus).

sole (Solea vulgaris).

plaice (Pleuronectes pla-
tessa).

dab (P. lumanda).

lemon sole (P. micro-
cephalus).

witch (P. cynoglossus).

flounder (P. flesus).

topknot (Zeugopterus
unimaculatus).

SERIES OF DEMERSAL EGas—those that are
found on the sea-bottom.

. Eges of blenny (Blennius, sp.).

eoby (Gobius minutus).

‘ lumpsucker (Cyclopterus lumvpus).

» herring (Clupea harengus).

fe skate (Raia batis).

‘. skate (fava sp. ?).

small spotted dogfish (Scyllzwm canicula).
nurse-hound (Scylliwm catulus).

SERIES OF PELAGIC Eaas—those that float in

the water.
Gathering from tow-net. ‘‘ Hole.’’ March, 1896.

»?

Off the Calf, January,
1893.

Off Morecambe Bay Lt.
Ship, March, 1895,

108 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIBTY.

B. V. SeERies oF DrEvELorinc Empryos (inside the

oon @®@ Oo SP W LH

-egg-covering) of some food fishes. Hatched
at Port Erin, April, 1896.

. Embryos of lemon sole (Pleuronectes micro-

cephalus) : 66 hours.

. Embryos of lemon sole (Pleuronectes micro-

cephalus): 96 hours.
39 3) be) 112 33

. Newly hatched lemon soles (Plewonectes micro-

cephalus).

. Ovaof witch (Pleuronectes cynoglossus) : 66 hours.

9) 99 168 9

. Newly hatched witches _,,
. Ovaof grey gurnard (Trigla gurnardus) : 66 hours.

+) 99 114 9

. Embryo skate (Rava batis).

SERIES OF LARVAL FISHES.

. Larvee of lemon sole (Plewronectes microcephalus).
- witch (Pleuronectes cynoglossus).
re Goby (Gobius minutus).
i plaice (Pleuronectes platessa).

SERIES OF POST-LARVAL AND YOUNG FISHES.

. Young plaice (Plewronectes platessa) from + inch

to 8 inches in length.

. Young cod (Gadus morrhuda).

. Young lumpsucker (Cyclopterus lumpus).

. Young yellow gurnard (T'rigla hirundo).

. Young herring (Clupea harengus).

. Young worm-pipe fish (Nerophis lambrictformis).
. Young butter-fish (Centronotus gunnellus).

. Young sea snail (Lipars, sp. ?).

. Young solenette (Solea lutea).

FISHERIES CATALOGUE. 109

C.—Series of Foods of various fishes, both young and old.
GCG. I. Foops FOUND IN THE STOMACHS OF ADULT FISHES.

1. Food from stomach of cod (Gadus morrhua).

2. nee | ,, whiting (Gadus merlangus).
re ,, herring (Clupea harengus).

. ,, dragonet(Callionymus lyra).
5, pogge (Agonus cataphractus).
53 ,, plaice (Plewronectes platessa).
25 ,, dab (Pleuronectes lumanda).
ss ,, solenette (Solea lutea).

COS? Se ee

C. II. Foops FRom STOMACHS OF YouNG FISHES.

1. Food from the stomach of Plaice (23 inch).

2 ‘ i hy Oe 5°).

3. = i si (small).

4, nf i F? (small).

5 x - Dab (2 inches).

6 - i Flounder (53 inches).
7 a, Be Sole (44 inches).

C. Ill. ANIMALS AND PLANTS WHICH ARE IMPORTANT
FisH Foops IN ovuR DISTRICT.

Crustacea. 1. Spider crab (Hyas coarctatus). Food

of cod, gurnard, skate.

2. Shore crab (Carcinus menas). Food
of cod, skate.

3. Swimming crab (Portunus depurator).
Food of cod, whiting, haddock, dab,
skate.

4. Hermit crab (Pagurus bernhardus).
Food of cod, whiting, haddock, dab,
skate.

110 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

CRUSTACEA.

MoLuvusca.

5. Larval crabs (various species). Food
of many young fishes.

6. Shrimp (Crangon vulgaris). Food of
cod, whiting, haddock, gurnard, brill,
sole, plaice, &c.

7. Shank (Pandalus annulicornis). Food
of cod.

8. Crayfish (Nephrops norvegicus). Food
of skate, &c.

9. Fairy shrimp (Mysis vulgaris). Food
of cod, whiting, gurnard.

10. Boreophausia raschwu. Food of her-
ring, &c.

11. Isopods (Idotea sp.). Food of cod,
whiting, plaice. ,

12. Sand hoppers (Gammarus sp.). Food
of cod, whiting, gurnard, sole, plaice,
skate.

13. Cumacea (Diastylis sp.). Food of
cod, whiting, gurnard, sole, solenette,
plaice.

14. Copepoda (various species). Food of
very many young fishes; Herring also
feed largely upon copepoda and schizo-
poda.

1. Tellina balthica.

Food of Plaice, Dab.

2. Scrobicularia alba.

Food of Haddock, Plaice, Dab.

3. Mactra stultorwm, and M. elluptica.
Food of Haddock, Plaice, Dab,
Flounder.

4, Donaz anatina.

Food of Plaice.

oa
a
®
%

FISHERIES CATALOGUE. bi

Mouuusca. 5. Philine aperta.

Food of Haddock, Plaice, Dab.
6. Mussels (Mytilus edulis).

Food of Plaice, Dab.
7. Cockles (Cardium edule).

Food of Plaice, Dab.
8. Nudibranchs (Doris sp.).

Food of Dab.

ECHINODERMATA. 1. Sand stars (Ophioglypha albida).
Food of Dab, Gurnard, Had-
dock.

2. Brittle stars (Ophiothrix fragilis).
Food of Cod.

3. Hchinocyamus pusillus.
Food of Haddock.

4. Holothurians.
Food of Cod.

ANNELIDA. 1. Rock worm (Nerevs sp.).

Food of Sole, Lemon Sole, Plaice.
Dab, Flounder, Skate.

2. Lug worm (Arenicola piscatorum).
Food of Flat fishes.

EmpBryos and Larva, of Various Animals. Food of

many very young fishes.

Puanns.. ij Diatoms.

Food of some very young fishes.
2. Algee.
Food of some Flat fishes.

112 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

D.— Collection of Fish parasites.

D. I. INTERNAL PARASITES.

Iu,

OMA oR wt

9.
ING)

Nematode Worms from the body cavity of the
Cod (Gadus morrhua).

*, » Whiting (Gadus merlangus).

af » herring (Clupea harengus).

3 ,, Ssprat (Clupea spratta).

a », pogge (Agonus cataphractus).

a ,, sea-scorpion (Cottus scorpius).

3 5, plaice (Plewronectes platessa).
bs 5, dab (Pleuronectes limanda).

,, dog-fish (Scylliwm canicula).

Tape worm from a Salmon (Salmo salar) caught
in the Dee.

D. Il. ExtTERNAL PARASITES.

le
2.
3.

10.

Te Ee

Caligus rapax, from the cod (Gadus morrhua).

Caligus curtus, * |

Lepeopthewus pectoralis, from the plaice (Pleur-
onectes platessa), &c.

. Lepeoptheirus hippoglosst, from the Holibut.
. Lerneonema spratta, from the eye of the sprat

(Clupea spratta).

. Lernea branchialis, from the gills of cod, &c.
. Chondracanthus merluccw, from the gills of the

hake (Merluccius vulgaris).

. Chondracanthus lophw, from the angler fish

(Lophius piscatorius).

. Lerneopoda gale, from the dog-fish (Scyllium

canicula).
Lerneopoda elongata, from the eye of the
Greenland Shark (Iceland, R. L. Ascroft).
Anchorella wncinata, from the cod, &c.

FISHERIES CATALOGUE. 113
12. Pontobdella muricata (the skate leech), from

skate.
13. Myxine glutinosa, hag fish.

E.—Collection of other enemies to Fish.

. Voracious fish, example the angler (Lophius).

a ie dog-fish (Scylliwm).
. Sea-birds, example the Cormorant

. Sea-mammal, example the porpoise (Phocena).
. Arrow-worm (Sagitta): (eats larval fishes).

or we oo bo ee

F.— Collection showing diseases or abnormal conditions
of Fishes. |
1. Reversed solenette.
oy - sole.
Oo. flounder.
4. Dab with tumours on colourless side.
5. Trout with abnormal tail.
6. Salon attacked by fungus (Saprolegnia fexax).

114 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

G.—Collection of Edible Shell-fish.
G. I. CocxuEs (Cardiwm edule).

a. Marketable Cockles of our district.
1. Sample from Hilbre.

2. « Hoyle Bank.

3. = Crosby.

4, a Southport.

i. . St. Annes.

6. Bs Fleetwood.

Gs . Cockerham Sands. .

8. = Morecambe. ,

9, Z Grange over Sands.
10. 55 Flookburgh Sands.
1. fe Baicliff.

12. “ts Duddon. |
b. Series of young cockles from 4th to 1 inch in
length.

c. Pair of cockles showing over and just under
marketable size, 2 inches by # inch.

d. Brown cockles from Duddon cockle beds. The
coJour is due to an oxide of iron.

e. Cockles with tuft of Alga attached to the posterior
margin of the shell, which les uppermost in
the sand.

jf. Large cockles from the Barra Beds, Scotland.

G. II. Musszens (Mytilus edulis).

a. Marketable Mussels of our district.
1. Sample from Hilbre.

2. %s Hoyle Bank.
3. =. Wallasey.
4. ES Southport.

St. Annes.

Or

}
A

d.

Galil,

FISHERIES CATALOGUE. 115

Sample from Sunderland Point.

6.

€. es Morecambe.

8. ig Humphrey Head.

Bie - Roosebeck Scars.
TOs Ain ay Barrow Channel.
11. be Barrow Rock.

12. 65 Duddon (Scarfhole).

. Series of young mussels ranging from 4th inch

to 1 inch in length.

. Pair of mussels just over and just under market-

able size (24 inch). |
Clump of mussels showing. attachment by
‘‘ byssus,” as in beds.

. Young mussels attached to the abdominal

appendages (swimmerets) of the common
lobster (from H. Isaac, Esq.).

OYSTERS (Ostrea edulis).

. Natives from different parts of our own district.

1. Bangor.

2. Off Morecambe Bay Ship.

oO. Port Erin.

4, Irish Sea.

5. Fleetwood Deep Sea Oysters.

. Other British oysters.

1. Colchester natives (from the Pyefleet).

2. Roach River natives.

3. Whitstable natives.

4, Arklows from Ireland.

5. Pandores from Firth of Forth.

6. Rock oyster from West coast of Scotland.

. Foreign European oysters.

1. French oysters from Arcachon.
Qe © lh oi Cancale,

116 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

3.
4,
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10;

French oysters from Marennes.

9) 3 33

Italian oysters from Lake Fusaro.

3) 9) 9)

Dutch oysters from lerseke, Zeeland.

Belgian oysters from Nieuport.

Portuguese oysters (Ostrea angulata),
grown at Arcachon, &c.

d. American oysters (Ostrea virginica).

i.
. East Rivers.

co GO I ox HH GH PO

Blue points.

. Sounds.
American oysters bedded at Fleetwood.
2 as in Menai Straits.
: 5 at Carlingford.
” at Cleethorpes.
” » at Brightlingsea.

. Young American oysters on sole of old

rubber shoe (from T. G. Musson, Esq.).

G. IV. OTHER SHELL-FISH OCCASIONALLY, OR LOCALLY,
USED FOR FOoD.

a. In this country :—

A
2.

COON &D oe Ww

The borer, Pholas crispata.
The gapers, Mya truncata and Mya
arenaria.

. The razor-fish, Solen stliqua.
. Lutraria elluptica.

. Cyprina islandica.

. Pectunculus glycimeris.

The horse mussel, Mytilus modvolus.

. The large scallop, Pecten maxinuus.

FISHERIES CATALOGUE. pay,

. The common scallop or queen, Pecten

opercularis.

. The limpet, Patella vulgata.

. The ear-shell, Haltotis tuberculata.
. The periwinkle, Littorina littorea.

. The soft whelk, Buccinum undatum.
14.

The hard whelk, Fusus antiquus.

b. In other countries :—
(In addition to the above)

. Venus mercenaria (American ‘‘ Clam’’).

. Venus verrucosa (French ‘‘ La Praire’’).
. Tapes decussata (French ‘“ La Clovisse’’).
. Tapes pullastra (French ‘“‘ Palourde’’).

. Donaz vittatus(French ‘‘Petite Clovisse’’).
. Lithodomus lithophagus (French ‘ La

Datte de Mer’’).

. Various species of Cephalopoda (French

“Tie Poulpe,” ‘‘ La Pieuvre,” ‘ La
Seiche,”’ &c.)

118 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

H.—Collection illustrating Oyster and Mussel Culture
in France, Holland and other Countries.

H. I. Oyster CuLtTureE at ARCACHON (south of France).

1. Pieces of tile used as Collectors of Spat, show-
ing the thickness of the limy covering.
2. Two tiles covered with the limy layer ready
for placing in the pares as collectors.
3. Model of the “‘ gabaret”’ or case of collecting
tiles.
4. Two tiles covered with young spat.
. Two tiles covered with young oysters 1 year
old.
6. Series of specimens of young Ostrea edulis
(common Oyster) 1 year old.
7. Series of specimens of young Ostrea edulis
(common Oyster) 2 years old.
8. Series of specimens of Ostrea edulis (common
Oyster) 3 years old.
9. Series of specimens of young Ostrea angulata
(the Portuguese Oyster) 1 year old.
10. Series of specimens of young Ostrea angulata
(the Portuguese Oyster) 2 years old.
11. Series of specimens of Ostrea angulata (the
Portuguese Oyster) 3 years old.
12. Series of photographs of the oyster culture
at Arcachon.

Ox

H. If. Oyster CULTURE AT JERSEKE, ZEELAND, HOoL-
LAND. (From Mr. Harmelen, Ierseke.)

1. Map of the Ooster Scheldt showing position
of Oyster beds.

2. Photographs of the Oyster culture at Ierseke.

3. Two tiles with young oysters in first year.

FISHERIES CATALOGUE. 119

4, Two tiles with young oysters in second year.
5. Two tiles after ‘‘detroquage’”’ or separation
of the young oyster from the tile.

6. Series of young oysters a few months old

adhering to various shells.

7. Series of young oysters 1 year old.

8. Series of young oysters 2 years old.

9. Series of marketable Dutch oysters.
10. Series of very large old Dutch oysters.

H. IDI. Ovysrer REARING AND FATTENING AT MAR-
ENNES, in west of France.

1. Series of green oysters from Marennes.

2. Photographs of the “‘ Claires’’ at Marennes.

3. Specimens of the vegetation from the Claires
(consisting of Cladophora and other Alge
covered with Diatoms, &c.).

4. Specimens of the deposit from the floor of
the Claires.

H. IV. DISEASED CONDITIONS, AND HXPERIMENTS ON
OYSTERS AND OTHER SHELL-FISH.

1. Oysters shells eaten into by the Sponge
Cliona celata.

2. Oyster shells completely buried in the Sponge.

3. Oyster shells with mud between lamine of
shell.

4. Injured oyster shells.

5. American oyster from Fleetwood suffering
from the green disease.

6. A normal healthy green Marennes oyster for
comparison with the last.

7. Oysters which have been trephined in order to
investigate the green disease.

120 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Be VT:

8. Oysters kept in Copper solutions.
9. Oysters kept in Iron solutions.
10. Shell perforated by a boring Mollusc.
11. Weak and deformed shells.
12. Fresh water Mussels showing erosion of shell.

13.

43 ,, showing formation of pearls.

MUuSSEL CULTURE ABROAD.

1. Illustrations of the Bouchot system at the

Bay of Aiguillon on west coast of France.

2. Illustrations of the vertical system in Bay of

Spezia, Italy.

3. Mud from Mussel bouchots at Charrons.
4. Model of Mussel bouchot.

D.

Mussel adhering by its byssus.

Our Musseut BEpDs,

le
2.

Chart of district showing mussel beds.
Sample of mud from bed between Scarfhole
and Duddon.

. Sample of mud from bed north side of Scarf-

hole, near Barrow.

. Sample of mud from bed south side of Scarf-

hole, near Barrow.

. Sample of mud from Walney side, upper end

of Scarfhole.

. Sample of mud from Head Scar, Barrow

Channel.

. Sample of mud from Foulney bed, near Piel.
. Sample of mud from Roosebeck outer Scars,

near Piel.

. Sample of mud from bed between Roosebeck

and Baicliff,

FISHERIES CATALOGUE. 1

10. Sample of mud from Baicliff Scars, near
Mort bank.

11. Sample of mud from Morecambe beds.

12. Sample of mud from Big Ford, River Wyre.

eee o » Green Scar, =

14. = si Knott, 53

iis: ts aml Pomt, <

16. u » Lighthouse Scar, St.Annes.
lev > », Lower Beds, 7

18. ts 7 Olaiurgelawisicanss e

19. Ke » Wallasey Bed.

20. ae 5, Hgremont Bed.

I.— Collection of Edible Crustacea.

Common crab (Cancer pagurus) !

Lobster (Homarus vulgaris).

Sea Crayfish or Norway lobster (Nephrops norvegicus).
Spiny Lobster (Palinurus vulgaris).

Shrimp (Crangon vulgaris).

Shank (Pandalus annulicornis).

Prawn (Palemon serratus).

122 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

K.— Collection of Sea-bottoms.
K. I. TypicAL SUBMARINE D£EPosITs.

1. Terrigenous.
a. Gravel.
b. Sand.
c. Mud.
2. Neritic.
a. Nullipore.
b. Shells.
c. Shell sand.
d. Coral sand.
3. Pelagic or Planktonic.
a. Globigerina ooze.
b. Radiolarian ooze.
c. Diatom ooze.

K. Il. SUBMARINE DEPOSITS OF THE [IRISH SEA.

1. Terrigenous.

a. Gravel from Bradda Head.

b. Sand from Liverpool Bar.

c. Mud from deep Channel.

d. Sand from Bahama Bank.

e. Sand from King William Bank.
2. Neritic.

a. Nullipore from off Dalby.

b. Shell sand from off Spanish Head.

c. Shell sand from off Calf of Man.
3. Model of Floor of Irish Sea.

14.

15.

FISHERIES CATALOGUE. sn 123

L.—Collection of Natural Fishing Baits.

. The Lug worm (Arenicola piscatorum), used for the

small lines, especially for flat fish.

. The Rock worm (Nereis versicolor), used for the long

lines.

. The soft whelk (Buccinum undatum), used for the

long lines, especially for large Cod.

. The Crab (Carcinus menas), used for the long lines

for all kinds of fish.

. The Mussel (Myttlus edulis), used for the small lines

for all kinds of fish.

. The Scallop (Pecten opercularis), used for the long

lines, especially for Haddock and Cod.

. The Squid (Loligo vulgaris), used for the long lines,

especially for Cod.

. The Sand-Eel (Ammodytes tobtanus), used for small

lines, especially good for Whiting.

. The Conger (Conger vulgaris), for all kinds of large

fish.

. The Sea Anemone (Actinoloba dianthus).
. The Sprat (Clupea spratta), used for both long and

small lines for all kinds of fish.

. The Cockle (Cardium edule), used chiefly for the small

lines for all kinds of fish.

. The Horse Mussel (Mytilus modiolus), used chiefly

for the small lines for all kinds of fish, good for
Codlings.

The Limpet (Patella vulgata), used chiefly for the
small lines, good for Haddock.

The Razor Fish (Solen siliqua), used for long and
small lines for all kinds of fish, |

124 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

M.—Collections of Models of fishing implements, and
of apparatus, &c., for fish culture and shell-fish

cultivation.
1. Water wheel for keeping hatching tank in con-
stant motion.
2. Model of Capt. Dannevig’s Sea-fish Hatchery
in Norway (on loan, from J. W. Woodall, Esq.)
3. Model of a Dutch Oyster farm.
4. Se a ‘‘ bouchot’”’ for mussel culture.
5 * the Irish Sea, showing Lancashire Sea-
Fisheries District, Spawning grounds, &e.
6. Model.of Fish Trawl.
The a Otter Trawl.
8. a Shrimp Trawl.
Sh 5S Shrimp shank net.
10. a Shrimp shank net, with raised beam
to prevent capture of small food fish (with
Mr. Dawson’s drawing and description).
11. Model of Shrimp push net.
12. Cockle “ Rake,” “ Craam,’* and “Jumbos
13. Mussel ‘‘ Rake.”
14. Portion of Deep Sea Cod line, Cod and other
fish hooks, Cod line buoys.
15. Model of Dredge.
16. - Tow-net.
17. Set of Sieves, Collecting bottles, tubes, &c.
18. Zoologists’ Deck table, for microscope work

(Prof. Herdman’s pattern).

N.—Series of Photographs and Lantern slides, illustrating
the methods of Fishing, the Fish, the Marine
Fauna, &c., of the Lancashire Sea-Fisheries Dis-
trict,

FISHERIES CATALOGUE. 125

0.— Collection illustrating the Regulations of Sea-Fish-
eries Committees and other Authorities.

1. Series of samples of nets on frames showing
meshes of 4, 44, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 10 inches in
circumference.

2. Series of gauges for measuring fish trawl nets,
stake nets, shrimp nets, drift nets, sparling
nets, lobsters and crabs, oysters, mussels and
cockles.

3. Series of Models showing the sizes at which it
is proposed the chief edible fishes should be
marketable according to :—

a. Select Committee of House of Commons
and Board of Trade Bill; Soles and
Plaice 8 inches, Brill and Turbot 10
inches.

b. National Sea-Fisheries Protection Asso-
ciation; Brill and Turbot 12 inches,
Soles and Plaice 10 inches.

c. Resolution of Liverpool Fish Sales-
men; Brill and Turbot 14 inches,
Plaice, Lemon Soles and Witch 10
inches, Soles 9 inches.

d. Biological basis (t.e., sexual maturity) ;
Soles 12 inches, Plaice 17 inches, Brill
15 inches, Turbot 18 inches, Lemon
Soles 12 inches.

e. Present law in Belgium; Soles and Plaice
7:2 inches, Brill and Turbot 10 inches.

jf. Present law in Denmark ; Plaice 10 inches
and Brill 133, Turbot 8 inches, Sole 113,
Dab 7, and Witch 7.

g. Present law in France; Soles and Plaice

54 inches.

126 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

=

pl:

ilar.

12.

Models showing legal and illegal sizes of Crabs,
&e.

. Series showing varies sizes of edible crab from

1 inch to 4 inches.

. Model of Lancashire Sea-Fisheries Steamer

“Joan, Helle:

. Model of Lancashire Sea-Fisheries Police Sail-

ing cutters.

. Photographs of the Fishing steamers, Police

boats, and Fishing boats.

. Copies of the Bye-laws of the Lancashire Sea-

Fisheries District.

Copies of the Superintendent’s Quarterly Re-
ports, of the Annual Reports of the Sea-
Fisheries Laboratory, and other papers
showing results of investigations and experi-
ments in the District.

Copies of Fishery Officers’ Monthly Reports,
Diaries, &c.

Copies of L.M.B.C. Reports on ‘ Fauna of
Liverpool Bay.”

127

FURTHER REPORT upon the FREE-SWIMMING
COPEPODA of the WEST COAST
OF IRELAND.

By Isaac C. Tuompson, F.L.S.
[Read May 14th, 1897.]

THE former Report (Trans. Biol. Soc., L’pool, Vol. X.,
p- 92) dealt with a collection of plankton, the result of a
series of tow-nettings made by my friend Mr. Edward T.
Browne, B.A., of London, off Valencia on the West of
Ireland during the summer and autumn of 1895.

Mr. Browne again made Valencia his head-quarters
in July 1896, remaining there until near the end of
September, using the tow-net on most suitable days
either inside or outside of the harbour. The results are
contained in 41 bottles, numbered 1 to 41 in accompanying
tabular resumé, the total number of species found being 29.
During part of the time Mr. Browne had as companions
Mr. A. O. Walker, F.L.8., of Colwyn Bay, and Mr. F.
W. Gamble, of Owens College, Manchester. Both of
these gentlemen have kindly sent me material they
collected by tow-net. The conditions under which the
latter were obtained being similar to those of Mr. Browne,
they are included in the tabulated results, having no
specially distinctive features. Through the kindness of
the Misses Delap, daughters of the Vicar of Valencia,
themselves trained naturalists, the work of tow-netting
was continued throughout the autumn and winter up
to March 1897, the bottles numbered 22 to 41 being
contributed by them.

The previous Report had to do chiefly with tow-nettings
taken during the months—April, May and June 189%5,.

128 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

while those here referred to were collected from July
1896 to March 1897. We have thus a year’s continuous
series of material to report upon which should enable us
to obtain a fair knowledge of the distribution of the free-
swimming Copepoda of this district.

Mr. Browne informs me that the tide flows into
Valencia Harbour from the ocean at a good pace. Two
knots is the speed marked on the chart, being strong
enough to keep the tow-net fully extended from a boat at
anchor. ‘The average depths to which the tow-net was
lowered are given, but the results do not appear to show
any great difference in the fauna at the bottom and at the
top, possibly to be accounted for by the fact that the tide
runs through a narrow entrance and the water is well
stirred up.

All the material collected for examination was 1m-
mediately preserved in Formaline. A 5% solution appears
to be the strength best suited for these small delicate
crustaceans, and is probably as efficient a preservative
as 1s known.

NOTES ON THE SPECIES FOUND.

Calanus finmarchicus and Clausia elongata were found
in all the bottles and were generally the prevailing forms.
The much rarer Calanus propinquus occurred véry
sparingly during January and February. It differs from
C. finmarchicus chiefly in the profusely plumose character
of the sete, and in the 5th swimming feet, and the diverging
caudal segments of the male.

Pseudocalanus armatus was found but on one occasion
(Feb. 27th) and then only one specimen.

Temora longicornis was generally abundant up to the
end of October, but was not found during the mid-winter
months, occurring again sparingly in February, and

COPEPODA FROM WEST OF IRELAND. 129

becoming common in March. Metridia armata a species
not usually common, occurs in more than half the bottles and
on some occasions in fair numbers, especially during the
winter months. The gradually tapering setose antenne
and the leaf-shaped terminations to the swimming feet,
distinguish it readily. One of the rarest species taken,
and previously unknown to the district is Rhincalanus
cornutus, easily distinguished by its long projecting
cruciform rostrum, and by its antenne. On two occasions,
in August and October, one specimen only was found.
It has only I believe been previously reported in Britain
on one occasion, by Mr. Thomas Scott, off the Shetland
Isles.

Centropages hamatus occurs in half the bottles, but
usually sparingly, and C. typicus much less frequently.

In a tube sent to me by Mr. A. O. Walker were two
specimens belonging to the Dublin Museum collection,
and marked ‘‘ West of Ireland,’’ which on examination
proved to be Hucheta marina and Pontella kroyert both
new to the district and very uncommon in our northern
seas, although I have previously taken one specimen of
each in the L.M.B.C. district.

Isias clavipes occurs on only three occasions. <Acartia
claus was generally found and fairly plentiful, except
during spring and early summer, and Ovthona spinifrons
under much the same conditions. Candace pectinata a
species generally rare in our seas, has proved to be here not
uncommon, occurring, however, only during the summer
and early autumn. On only two occasions throughout
the year that very conspicuous species the beautifully
coloured Anomalocera patersona was found, while as
alluded to in the last report it sometimes occurs in our
seas in dense shoals.

It was interesting again to find the southern species

130 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

alluded to in the previous report, Coryceus speciosus,
though on only one occasion, and more frequently its
very similar ally C. anglicus, the latter having been
frequently reported from Plymouth.

Parapontella brevicornis occurred once in July and
on several occasions in February. One specimen of
Monstrilla dane was taken on August 8rd. Great
interest attaches to the family Monstrillide through the
recent important discovery of Prof. Giard of Paris and
confirmed by M. Malaquin that the early stages of one or
more species of this group are spent parasitic in the
body cavity of certain worms (see Comptes rendus, 16
novembre 1896, and 28 decembre 1896, and 11 janvier
1897).

Caligus rapaxz was collected in the tow-net on two
occasions by the Misses Delap in December and January.
The various species of the genus Caligus, though all fish
parasites, are not uncommonly found as free-swimmers
particularly at night.

The eight species, viz., Harpacticus fulvus, Thalestris
longimana, T. clausii, Ectinosoma spinipes, Longipedia
coronata, Cyclopina littoralis, Porcellidiwm viride, and
Laophonte hispida are all fairly common littoral forms,
generally found in rocky pools or near to shore. Their
presence again suggests the regret that in addition to the
valuable collection taken by tow-net, Mr. Browne and his
co-workers did not preserve mud and sand dredged at
various depths, and the washings of dredged material.
For judging by results in Liverpool Bay it is to these
sources we must chiefly look for forms new to science
among the Copepoda. While we have doubtless still
much to learn as to the causes which influence the
distribution of the free-swimming forms, we can hardly
now expect to add very many to the number of those

<<

COPEPODA.

“LOST ‘8 yore
‘Moqieyy Sst Felo op) Fy

“L681 “9 Youryy
‘tmoyyeEy T Sinoqarezy = = 1 2 T2 ro

40

“L681 ‘2 Arvenaqayy
Gnoqey | CO SAA PR RR

ag

08

‘L681 “GT Avenaqa,y
‘sumo yyey @ Snoq.te pT Be << HO oO On

“J681T “p Arenatqo,T pe sa
‘SuLOTpZRy Z SIN0g.1e FT Faq & ie) ONnN

OT

29) \"a0 \al | a2) do) | d4 \ 35: | 36

J681 ‘G Aceniqa iy s
‘suLoygRy Z “oq. Ey Py ig

"JOS ‘6g Arenter
‘suoyyRy Z SmMoqaezyT

HK
S
C

"JOS ‘1g Arenuee
‘suLoyyRy Z “anoq.eyyT

HK
S

"JOST ‘eT Arenuer
‘SmUOTZR, @ “IMoq.e xT

"J68L ‘OL Avenuee
“M01 e FT

"L681 “PF Arenuee
‘suLoyyey Sp Stmmoqaeyy

Cae CCC. ie
C
qe hee mes w

daa ot

i
1

‘9681 “GT ‘90d
‘suLOyyey FT ‘anoqaezy

|

“O68T ‘ES ‘AON
‘suLOyyRy G ‘noqare py

|

miele |r| A! A

"9681 “Ez 1090390
‘suLOy TR Z “tnoq.le ET

28

)

|

Pee A A) A CA A |

"9681 “LT 1090490
‘stUOyyRy g “INO0g.Le FT

27

26 |

9681 ‘GT 1290190

Ih
A

Common.
Few.

A signifies Abundant.
Scarce.

way

o

fe “El

——
wate ra O dana fy

“L681 ‘er Aavnaqag
‘su0yqey ‘moqae

“L681 “p Aseniqa,
‘amuonaey Z ‘anon segy Bnat & oO Onn

CEN
0S
ee eC
1s SA lira Eno O 3 a
Siitmenmmn| FH i4\0i)/) - ,
g “L681 ‘OL gow ; rey fae ed | led 7 opie Ss OS 2 Sl NB
2
% : tba tr Sbemiert 4 < 4 Per | Peano So Ree z
& Suoces Fines | ae a a 3 = F ee. sy
a 208 ‘90 s0000 | a < 3 = iow eB, q ] rm
Ses) 4io 4) iijiic~\s. 0s
2 oe See 4 ;
¥ daw <i o) ry
‘ca cn | O 0 Of Om 0 ee |
a | Selous @ taney Se a. iS <a ) REE i
a seine: : font | SO 4h 00 - o ry
cs sauonit Te, 4008 | 0 0D DD RN ROO = wm
Ri | “exon, ioe ] ea Be & my Fy :
5 be SL a Oo 0D OF Fy Ry - tit
4 Fonts SE it 4 a Hs he a Sl ig Bt
a | J ae ae qe OD Dd oD Se wn
ie. eee eee eT 4
— | ee i > Fy ey Fy
J. J.-D Sa Gee eee eee 1c de ae
a eed ge y 4d .Of <q Ry
ET gs AS SE OR Bes Sy NS A ee Sn ee
= | oy Todt oo eee Wa iat tt
6 a Oo <4 OR fF OD FH
ee oS ts io: aa aa | aa
en Ret te Sovesnto snow | D900 OH fF ODM & wm FF
5 \ feof & ss Be :
fone, | %o He &
ee @| Gone) cA ges ae a <h & a
= [oot te eaey| ot iu
© °|. ee ee | dt |g ldo ja cm
Tee Be eee FH FO
* | yep enema | <i <4 OX Hm
© | eucaqiorioepmay | << OFS
«|, NE, | o < 40 &
qio'mmepmes | << a
ee ee Ei iLLili:
a “= eo ee ere
Sei | S8SESlIES SESESSSiSe Pies Sis ®
ee | 2 ESSE SsS82 0 25 2 BLE ESSERE
z\~ SCESESESE SSSSSESSSS SESS SLES
he S Saesec BS~o31soahs Bon

|
|

iz,
- oO

Bags

Ohm

mm

oO

k= aap ea

a :

a

<=UOURm

“Date and locality not recorded.

) DAES i

es

ere ee ot ae Ee

a - ee oe Fa a a Le rele motte Ci 6 oem t i
ina fi ‘ : <s :
. re ee ee ee
be : : E fae = 5 Ly PALS
| | eon ’ Ay atta BET

Seow ed 2 Pa

_— ee Se ee ee sh Pg

: ‘ : r ,
> a RO. a eg eas Ge ow ae ereesuis Uxeetlenrtive
‘ <= - -
~
=
. 2
r
P >
¥. v
.
5 ‘
s e

COPEPODA FROM WEST OF IRELAND. HSL

already known. But with the vastly more numerous, mud
loving, sedentary, and wholly or semi-parasitic species of
Copepoda the case is different. Investigations as to the
food of fishes have shown us that even scarce species, and
but recently known Copepoda, as in the case of Jonesiella
hyene, are found largely in the stomachs of young fishes,
being evidently selected as their chief food and probably
found in quantities near to the spawning grounds. From
this aspect even apparently lifeless mud has under the
microscope much to teach us. In addition to the examin-
ation of deposits it is evident that Sponges, Coelenterates,
Echinoderms, Worms, Molluscs, Nudibranchs, and As-
cidians will all richly reward careful search ; for judging
from past results, they are the hosts of many highly
organized species of Copepoda, each specially adapted to
its particular host and that alone.

While sincerely thanking Mr. Browne and his friends
for the amount of valuable material collected, I must
again express the hope that we may at. a future time be
enabled to know as much of the Valencia sedentary
species of Copepoda as we now do of the free-swimmers.

The accompanying table represents the distribution of
free-swimming Copepoda in or about Valencia harbour
from July, 1896 to March, 1897.

132

A CONTRIBUTION to the HISTORY of the
‘ CALDERSTONES,” near LIVERPOOL.

Put together by Professor W. A. Herpman, D.8c., F.R.S.

(December, 1896.)

‘I lay me down upon the thymy turf
Beside these mouldering stones, the silent tomb
Of ancient hunter, or the tumulus
Of warrior old ; quiet and undisturb’d
Beneath the waving fern their reliques lie,
And on their shelter’d bones, in frequent whirls
Thick fall the autumnal leaves !”

From poem suggested by scenery in the
neighbourhood of Allerton and Woolton
Hill ; by W1LttAM STANLEY Roscoe,
1834,

————

INTRODUCTORY.

THE ‘“ Calderstones’”’ are, as they at present stand, a set
of six red sandstone (triassic) slabs, which form a small
circle on a triangular plot of grass at the junction of
Druids Cross Road and Beech Lane with the Calderstones
Road about four miles south-east from Liverpool Exchange,
on the way to Woolton. The stones are rough in surface,
irregular in shape, and vary in size from about three feet
by two feet to about six feet by five feet in length and
height, they are all from one foot to eighteen inches in
thickness.

The circle is enclosed by a low wall and a stout iron
railing, and we learn from an inscription on the wall
that the Calderstones were ‘‘ enclosed and planted” by
Mr. J. N. Walker in 1845, The word “ planted’ in this

HISTORY OF THE CALDERSTONES. 133

inscription is generally supposed to refer to the grass and
a fir tree in the centre of the circle; but Mr. Henry
Walker, son of Mr. J. N. Walker, states that his father
certainly ‘‘planted”’ at least some of the stones in their
present positions.

Sir James Picton refers briefly to the stones as a circle
of the Stone Age in his ‘‘ Memorials of Liverpool’’ (vol.
i., p. 2); Mr. A. L. Lewis describes briefly the orientation,
“the highest stone being as at Stonehenge to the south-
west,’ and says ‘“‘I consider this circle to have been
sacrificial’ (Journ. Anthrop. Instit., vol. 1., p. 299, 1872) ;
but the best descriptions are those given by Professor Sir
James Y. Simpson in 1865 and by Mr. J. Romilly Allen
in 1883.

At the time when Sir James Simpson examined them
(see Trans. Hist. Soc. Lanc. and Chesh., n. ser., vol. v.,
p. 257; 1865) only five of the stones were standing; now
all of them are erect. Simpson gives figures of three of
the stones, some measurements, and a detailed description
of some of the older incised markings, which he supposes
to have been made with flint tools. He describes the
monument as ‘‘a small megalithic circle,” and regards it
as Pre-Celtic.

Romilly Allen (Jour. Brit. Archzeol. Assoc., vol. xxxix.,
p. 304; 1883) adds a little to Simpson’s description, he
gives a plan of the circle with further measurements,
better figures of the more interesting sides of the stones,
and he discusses more fully the nature and origin of the
markings—especially the footprints. He traces the
practice of carving footprints on stones from ‘‘the remote
past of the Bronze Age”’ to the present day. Five of the
stones bear a number of inscribed markings, some of
which (spirals, circles, concentric rings and cups mostly)
are pre-historic, others (footprints and crosses) Romilly:

134 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Allen believes to be medieval, while some (footprints and
initials) are modern (see cut fig. 1, p. 15).

Both these eminent Archeologists (and also Mr. Lewis,
as stated above) describe the monument as a circle, and
there seems no reason to doubt that they regarded the
stones as being in their original position ; and yet, as the
following series of letters will show, there is a good deal
of evidence, amounting to several independent accounts,
that early in the present century the stones were not in
their present position, but lay ‘‘ scattered about,” and
that up to the end of last century, if not later, they
_ formed part of a dolmen in or on a tumulus of sand placed
some quarter of a mile to the south-west of the present
site. The several accounts given in the letters are the
recollections of well-known Liverpool gentlemen as to
what they were told by members of a former generation
who were eye-witnesses of the scattered condition of the
stones, of the tumulus of sand, of the more or less ruined
dolmen, and of the cinerary urns which were disclosed on
removing the sand for building purposes. So far as I can
discover there is no one now living in the neighbourhood
who remembers the stones in their former condition and
position, although some few years ago there can be no
‘doubt (from the evidence in the letters) such testimony
could have been obtained.

It is important to notice (see Mr. Ryley’s letter) that
an old map of Liverpool (Enfield’s, 1768) confirms the
account given by Mr. Cox, Dr. Newton and others as to
the position of the tumulus.

As a number of members of the Liverpool Biological
Society (before which Society this evidence of a former
dolmen and tumulus was first produced) have expressed
the opinion that a permanent record should be made of
the information now collected, the Council of the Society

HISTORY OF THE CALDERSTONES. 135

requested me to draw up this account of my remarks before
the Society on November 13th, 1896, as to the probable
nature of the Calderstones, and of the correspondence
they gave rise to, for publication in the ‘“‘ Transactions ”’

as a contribution to local history.
Wr AoE:

REPORT OF THE MEETING.

At the second meeting of the Biological Society for the
present session, held on November 18th, I gave an address
n “The Menhirs and Dolmens of Brittany and other
Pre-historic Remains,” at the conclusion of which, after
describing the Calderstonesand their markings, I suggested
that these standing stones had originally formed part of a
dolmen. This led to a considerable discussion and at the
end I was requested to write a letter to one of the
Liverpool daily papers stating the facts and asking those
who had any information to put it on record.
I consequently wrote the following letter, which
appeared in the Liverpool ‘‘ Daily Post’”’ for Nov. 17th.

‘WHAT ARE THE CALDERSTONES ?

To the Editor of the Daily Post.

ir om —A somewhat dramatic incident occurred last night at the meeting
of the Biological Society, in connection with the original position of the
Calderstones ; and at the conclusion of the meeting the opinion was expressed
by a number of those present that you should be asked to record in your
columns any facts that can still be elicited as to the condition of this local
megalithic monument in the early part of the present century. In the
paper read last night to the society on the Dolmens of Brittany, I concluded
by comparing the spiral and other markings on the Calderstones with the
carvings on various neolithic dolmens, and I suggested that the Calderstones
were originally part of a small dolmen, which had gone to ruin, and had
then been re-crected in their present position by some one who supposed
that all so-called ‘ Druidical stones’ should stand in a circle. This was no
sooner said than Mr. E. W. Cox, who was present as a visitor, and of whose

136 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

presence and opinions I had no knowledge, rose up and said, ‘ You are quite
right. The Calderstones were originally a dolmen on the top of a tumulus at
some distance from where they now stand.’ He went on to give interesting
particulars, derived from an old gardener, as to the condition of the tumulus
and the stones before the present roads in that neighbourhood were made.
Mr. Cox was followed by Dr. Newton, who had also heard from a former
generation of the original position of the Calderstones in a tumulus, and of
the remains found in the tumulus when it was cleared away. I believe that
Mr. James Thornely can also give some evidence bearing on this opinion—at
which I had arrived entirely from an examination of the carvings and a
comparison with similar incised stones elsewhere—that the Calderstones, now
standing in a small circle, were originally part of a dolmen.

‘‘T write this letter at the request of several members of the Biological
Society, for the purpose of suggesting that Mr. Cox and others who have
clear evidence to give bearing upon the question should be invited to put
what they know as to the earlier condition of the Calderstones upon record.
The writings of Sir James Simpson, Mr. Romilly Allen, and Sir James
Picton, describe the stones in their present position, except that one of the
six stones has evidently been erected between the dates of Sir James
Simpson’s (1865) and Mr. Romilly Allen’s (1883) papers.” —Yours, &e.,

W. A. HERDMAN.

As a result of that enquiry the following letters, amongst
others, appeared in the ‘‘ Daily Post’’ of November 21st.

To the Editor of the Daily Post.

‘‘Srr,—It is pleasant to find from the letter of Professor W. A. Herdman
that some interest is at last being taken in the investigation of our neglected
local antiquities, which are more interesting and greater in number than is
commonly supposed, and I gladly respond to the wish expressed by him to
give the evidence I have collected relating to them, and of which a short
note by myself has already been contributed to the ‘ Proceedings of the
Historic Society of Lancashire and Cheshire.’ The best pian is, I think, to
give as nearly as possible the exact words of my informant, followed by my
own conclusions based upon them. By this means other archeologists can
estimate whether or not they are correct.

‘* About twenty years ago, my gardener, John Peers, who was a member
of an old local family, a most trustworthy, honest, and intelligent man, who
died a few years ago at over ninety years of age, informed me, in reply to
questions I asked him as to local antiquities, customs, and condition of the
neighbourhood, that he had begun his work on Calderstones Farm as a boy
of about fourteen years of age. He remembered the Calderstones well, before

HISTORY OF THE CALDERSTONES. iy

they were set up in their present position. The roads at that time were
narrow country lanes. At this place there are four cross roads, and the stones
lay upon a large mound at the roadside, high above the road, on (as far as I
could make out the position) the south side. Only a few of the larger stones
could be seen lying flat near the top, partly buried in the earth, and a few of
the points of the other stones. Upon this mound, in the summer, after
work, and on Sundays the boys and men from the neighbouring farms would
come and lie in the sun. It was the fashion for the boys to cut their names
and initials on the stones, and the patterns of their boots. He had marked
his own foot upon the stone. (In after life it was a large one, he being a
tall, powerful man.) He thought the naked feet marked on the stones were
done then; he was not quite sure. Such marks are still visible on the
stones. He well remembered the mound being destroyed. They were
widening the road about the time it was done away with. When they dug
down into it they found more of the stones, and the marked ones were
ainong them.

‘* For some time the stones were laid aside on the farm, and afterwards
some of the gentlemen of the neighbourhood had those now standing set up ;
others were taken away. Mr. Booker had the largest and set it up in his field,
where it now is for the cattle torub on. He thought there were two more
large stones, but did not remember what became of them. When the stones
were dug down to, they seemed rather tumbled about in the mound. They
looked as if they had been a little hut or cellar. Below the stones was found
a large quantity of burnt bones, white and in small pieces. He thought
there must have been a cartload or two. He helped to wheel them out and
spread them on the field. He saw no metal of any sort nor any flint
implements, nor any pottery, either whole or broken; nor did he hear of
any. He was quite sure the bones were in large quantity, but he saw no
urn with them. Possibly the quantity was enhanced by mixture with the
soil. No one made much of old things of that sort in his time, nor cared to
keep them up. Dr. Newton has obtained some records of the finding of an
urn; also that the mound was of sand, which is a fact of interest as bearing
on certain other antiquities. The soil is clay.

“‘This simple but very significant narrative gives us, in untechnical
language, a true and fully recognisable detail of the original character of the
Calderstones as a chambered tumulus, or a dolmen covered by a sepulchral
mound. These monuments were formed of large stones set up edgewise to
form the walls of a chamber, and covered in with large slabs ; they were
sometimes made open upon the surface of the ground, at other times covered
by atumulus. The stones were, in late examples, ornamented on their inner
surfaces with circles, curves, cupped hollows, and lines in great variety.
Fergusson has brought some évidence to show that this class of monuments

138 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

was in use as late as the second or third century A.D., that at New Grange,
in Ireland, being a magnificent example, with many divisions of its chambers.
Other interesting discoveries of remains of urn burial at Wavertree are
recorded in the Historic Society’s transactions. One of the urns is in the
Mayer Museum ; also the few flint implements which were the only tools
found with them. With such tools the carvings of the Calderstones and
like monuments are supposed to have been made.

‘¢The manner in which Professor Herdman identified the Calderstones as
belonging to a dolmen or sepulchral chamber, having been unable to obtain
any tradition of their original state shows his mastery of his subject, and it
is to be hoped that he will continue his investigations with our other
antiquities that have been hitherto neglected, or, still worse, misnamed and
misread by superficial amateur antiquaries.”—Yours, &c.,

Rock Ferry. EDWARD W. COX.

To the Editor of the Daily Post.

‘*Srr,—In answer to Professor Herdman’s inquiry as to these, I may say
that in ‘Enfield’s History of Liverpool,’ published in 1774, there is a map
of the neighbourhood of Liverpool, drawn from a survey made in 1768. In
this map, the Calderstones are clearly marked as being in a field, close to a
hedge, a short distance to the south of their present site. The cross-roads
where they now stand are shown on the map, but the stones are not marked

as being there.” —Yours, &c.,
19, Sweeting Street, Nov. 19th, 1896. THOMAS C. RYLEY.

To the Editor of the Daily Post.

‘¢Srr,—In your paper of the 17th inst. Professor Herdman suggests that
the Calderstones are the remains of a small dolmen. But the dolmens are
usually three upright stones, supporting a large table stone, whence the name.
There are six Calderstones, which seem to have been each 6 feet high, and
there is no trace of a great table stone. May they not rather be the remains
of a cromlech, or stone sepulchral cell. The late Mr. Studley Martin knew
an old lady, the daughter of a farmer, who lived as a girl near these
Calderstones at the beginning of the century. And she remembered when
the stones were still covered by a mound of earth or tumulus. Then a
great house was built, and the contractor or builder, wanting sand, destroyed
the tumulus, in which was found a fine sepulchral urn rudely ornamented
outside. This, she said, was taken to a farmhouse in the neighbourhood,
and has disappeared. Such was her story ; it seems very probable. I have
been much disappointed, after hunting through thirty-seven volumes of the
Lancashire and Cheshire Society’s ‘‘ Transactions,” to find only one paper
on the Calderstones, that by the late Sir J. Y. Simpson, in the 17th volume.

HISTORY OF THE CALDERSTONES. 139

This relates only to the cup and ring markings on some of the stones, which
Simpson recognised as identical with many that he had figured from the
early stone monuments of Scotland. An ancient British cemetery was
unearthed at Wavertree in 1867, within a mile and a half of the Calder-
stones, in which eight fine sepulchral urns were discovered. The bones they
contained had suffered cremation, and were associated with flint implements,
but no metals. The find was well described by the late Mr. H. Ecroyd Smith
in the Lancashire and Cheshire Historical Society’s ‘ Transactions’ for 1868.
Let us trust that Professor Herdman will not rest until he has given us an
exhaustive account of all that is known about the only monument of
pre-historic man which remains in the neighbourhood of Liverpool.”—
Yours, &c.,
44, Rodney Street. JOHN NEWTON.

To the Editor of the Daily Post.

‘*S1r,—In response to Dr. Herdman’s appeal in the Daily Post for any
information about the condition and position of the Calderstones at the
beginning of this century, I beg to send you the little I have been able to
acquire. From time to time I have spoken to many old inhabitants of the
locality about these stones, and although their knowledge of them appeared
very scanty, they all agreed in saying there was a kind of mound about the
stones before their enclosure, This mound, they gave me to understand,
was on the spot or very near the spot on which the stones now stand. The
most definite and reliable testimony I heard came to me secondhand through
two sources—from William Spencer, who kept a farm during the earlier part
of this century at what is now the police station in Allerton, 200 or 300
yards away from the Calderstones. In 1845, whilst the workmen were
engaged by Mr. Joseph Need Walker in building the lodge opposite, and
enclosing the stones, this old man used to pass daily with his cows, and stop
to talk with the men. One of these workmen told me that he remembered
quite well how Spencer once said, pointing to the place, he had taken many
a cartload of soil away years ago, The workman said there were no remains
of the mound there then, and the stones lay scattered about here and there
in front of the lodge. They were collected by the men, who placed them in
a circle so as to be just opposite the entrance to Calderstones House. A
nephew of the same Spencer also informed me that his uncle used to say that
there was a very high and extensive mound on which the stones formerly
stood, and that he had removed the soil for the purpose of making mortar
in the building of the ‘ Bragg’s’ houses on the Woolton-road. These houses
were built by an eccentric Liverpool clergyman of the name of Bragg, before
the year 1805. Spencer, it was reported, found an ‘urn’ amongst the debris,
which he gave to Mr. Nicholas Ashton, of Woolton Hall. And an old lady

140 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

once informed me that when she was a young girl, say, about 1820, she heard
that human remains had been found in the mound.’”—Yours, &c.,
Noy. 19th, 1896. R. E. ROBERTS.

A few days afterwards Mr. Cox added the following
to the information given in his former letter. This
appeared on November 28rd.

To the Editor of the Daily Post.

‘«Srr,—In ‘ Lewis’s Topographical Dictionary,’ my copy of which was
published in 1849, is the following account of these antiquities :—‘ Here (at
Allerton) is a large monument called Calderstones, in digging about which,
more than sixty-years ago, urns of coarse clay were found, containing human
bones. They were surrounded by a neat iron palisade in 1845.’ This
account shows that about 1789 this mound was disturbed, and it remarkably
bears out the account given by the late John Peers, who saw it at its
subsequent destruction. The urns, and possibly other relics, when this took
place, had been previously removed, and the contents evidently thrown out
into the soil. Doubtless the dolmen, or sepulchral chamber, was about 1789
ruined, as about 1814 the stones were found ‘tumbled about.’ The quantity
of bones spoken of were also the contents of a number of urns. This ad-
ditional information points to the conclusion that the tumulus with its
chamber was a tribal burying-place, probably of the late Celtic age, either of
the bronze or late neolithic period. It also indicates, if this statement is
exactly worded, that the urn burials were most likely secondary interments,
as they were found in ‘digging about’ the stones, not within the Cist-vaen.
In this vicinity, therefore, we should expect to find traces of a primitive
settlement, and, as a matter of fact, a camp is marked on Woolton Hill in
early copies of the Ordinance Survey, at a point overlooking the Calder-
stones.” —Yours, &c.,

EDWARD W. COX.

Other letters appeared during the following week, from
Mr. James Thornely, Mr. J. F. Mansergh, Mr. W.
Spensley, Mr. Wiliam Bristow, and Mr. J. Thompson,
which, however, added little to the evidence given above.
Mr. Thornely remarks in the course of his letter :-—

‘‘T remember, however, being told by the late
Mr. Ambrose Lace that the stones were originally under
a heap of sand, and that Mr. Roscoe, then residing at

HISTORY OF THE CALDERSTONES. 141

Allerton Hall, who often eae? that way, caused them
to be displayed.”

Mr. Mansergh, in his (beter gives a quotation from the
first edition of Baines’ ‘‘ History (&c.) of the County
Palatine of Lancaster,’ 1824-25, in which the Calderstones
are mentioned as Druidical remains, and the fact is noted
that . . . “‘in digging about them, urns, made of the
coarsest clay, containing human dust and bones, have
been discovered.” . . . The quotation ends with :—
‘““Some of these urns were dug up about sixty years ago,
and were in the possession of Mr. Mercer of Allerton ”’
(rol. 11°, p. 698).

Some of the gentlemen mentioned above, and a number
of others, also wrote to me privately giving supplementary
information. Mr. T. C. Ryley adds to his published
letter that according to the scale on Enfield’s map the
circle which marks the position of the Calderstones in
1768 is ‘‘as nearly as possible quarter of a mile to the
south-west of the cross-roads where the stones are now
set up.”

Mr. P. Cowell writes (Nov. 28rd) ‘‘I notice in
Bennison’s map of Liverpool and neighbourhood, 1835,
that the Calderstones appear to be in a field quite removed
from any road or lane, but not near the Brageg’s houses.”

I have myself seen this map and also Perry’s, Enfield’s
and others of dates between 1768 and 1835, both in the
libraries here and at the British Museum.* None show
the Calderstones in their present position at the cross-
roads.

*T am indebted to Mr. T. N. Morton for kindly allowing me to examine
the old maps and records under his charge at the Municipal Offices ; to Dr.
Garnett, Mr. Fortescue, and others for help at the British Museum ; and to
Mr. Peter Cowell at the Liverpool Free Library, Mr. Sampson at University
College Library, and Mr. Shaw at the Atheneum Library for similar help
in Liverpool,

142 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Mr. Alfred O. Walker (Colwyn Bay) writes to me that
his cousin, Mr. Henry Walker, eldest son of Mr. J. N.
Walker, says that his father ‘“‘ changed the position of
some of the stones,” and he has no doubt that he ‘‘ brought
them together into the enclosure.”’

Mr. Robert Gladstone writes (Nov. 25th) as follows :—

“As regards what I know myself it is not much, but I
remember the stones before Mr. Walker of Calderstone
enclosed them with the present railings in 1845. There
were three or four of the stones standing upright, and
others were lying about, one or two at some distance off.
The late Mr.‘ Studley Martin—whose family lived at
Calderstone before Mr. Walker bought the place—told
me several cinerary urns had been found among the
stones, and these urns were put into a loft at a farmhouse
belonging to a Mr. Mercer, where Beechley was after-
wards built (where Mr. Blessig now lives), and he (Studley
Martin), with other boys, used to play with the urns in
the loft, rolling them about and against each other, and
throwing stones at them till at last they were all broken
to pieces and disappeared. The Calderstones were
originally in a tumulus of sand, and the sand was taken
away to mix with mortar for building the house called
‘Woolton Lodge’—which stood on the site of the
present Druid’s Cross house (where Sir J. T. Brunner
lives). I think the probabilities are all in favour of the
Calderstones having been a dolmen, or burying-place, and —
the position of those that were left standing suggested to
Mr. Walker that there had originally been a circle, and
he therefore set up the others in a way to complete a
rough circle.

“There is an old man, about 80, in Woolton Village,
who says he remembers when the big stones were twice
as many as they are now and were lying all about the

HISTORY OF THE CALDERSTONES. 143

place. I conclude that there was a dolmen inside a
tumulus of sand and that when the sand was taken away,
the stones were thrown about anyhow and the cinerary
urns were removed to the loft aforesaid.

‘“‘T have an oil painting, or sketch, of the Calderstones—
which belonged to Mr. Studley Martin, which I bought
at a sale of his furniture after his death. The painting
shows the Calderstones as they were before they were
railed in, but I don’t know the date.

‘“‘T shall have much pleasure in letting you have this
picture to photograph. I had it cleaned and varnished—
and its details are quite plain.”

Mr. Gladstone kindly sent me the picture (see fig. 2).
It is impossible from it to make out the exact locality, or
the point of view; but the present roads are not repre-
sented and the stones are certainly not as they at present
stand. They are closer together and in such a position
that they might well have formed part of a ruined Dolmen.

Sir John Brunner, of Druid’s Cross, Mr. Charles
MaclIver, of Calderstone House, and Mr. H. H. Hornby
also kindly took more or less trouble in answer to my
enquiry, but were unable to give or get from others in
their neighbourhood any additional information.

Finally, after waiting a few days without receiving any
further letters, I drew up the following summary of the
evidence obtained and of the conclusions I had arrived at
as to the probable history of the Calderstones :—

To the Editor of the Daily Post. «

‘¢Srr,—I desire to thank your correspondents, and also others who have
written to me privately, for the information they have contributed in answer
to the questions I raised—namely, first, are the Calderstones in their original
position, and condition; and, second, may they not be the remains of a
dolmen or neolithic burial-place? The evidence that has come out has
shown pretty clearly that the first question is to be answered in the negative,
and the second in the affirmative. Mr. T. C. Ryley refers us to the map,
dated 1768, in ‘ Enfield’s History of Liverpool,’ which shows the- Calder-

144 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

stones in a field, close to a hedge, a little way south of their present position ;
and Mr. Peter Cowell tells me that in Bennison’s map (1835) they are still
marked as in a field, and not on the road. It must be remembered, however,
that a map is frequently of earlier date than the book in which it is pub-
lished. The recollections of John Peers, as given by Mr. E. W. Cox,* also
agree with the above in placing the stones to the south of the road in the
early part of this century.

‘* We have now four independent accounts which agree in stating that the
Calderstones were formerly in or on a tumulus or mound of sand, and that
when the tumulus was removed one or more urns and a quantity of human
bones were found. The four accounts are—(1) that of John Peers told to
Mr. E. W. Cox, (2) that of William Spencer and also of his nephew, given
by Mr. R. E. Roberts, (3) that of Mr. Ambrose Lace quoted by Mr. James
Thornely, and (4) that of Mr. Studley Martin told both by Dr. Newton and
also, with further details, in a letter which Mr. Robert Gladstone has sent
me. In each case the eye-witness told the story to those now living.

‘Mr. Gladstone tells me that there is an old man, of about eighty, in
Woolton Village, who says he remembers when the big stones were twice as
many as they are now, and were lying all about the place. The large
number of the stones, I may remark, is no argument against the dolmen
theory. Dr. Newton asks —does a dolmen not usually consist of only three
upright stones supporting a large cover stone? Not necessarily. Most
of the French dolmens have more than three upright stones, and some of
those in Brittany have twenty or thirty; but it is true that the large table
or cover stone usually rests upon only three of the uprights, doubtless because
it is easier to place a table top steady upon three than upon any other
number of supports.

‘‘The tumulus, the urns, and the human bones (and therefore the
dolmen or cist-vaen interpretation) seem certain. If we try to reconstruct
the history further from the somewhat scanty evidence now collected (see
especially Mr. Cox’s two letters), it has probably been as follows :—

‘* 1st, a neolithic (pre-Celtic) dolmen, the burial place of a chief or a
family, inside a tumulus of sand; the spiral and cup and ring markings
probably belong to this period, and possibly one or more of the urns (if
obtained from the znterior of the dolmen).

‘©2nd, some secondary interments in the tumulus around the dolmen,
indicated by the urns dug out about 1789, and which, if we may judge
from the Wavertree urns, which I have examined, probably belonged to the
bronze (Celtic) period. They are of the type usually labelled ‘ British
pottery ’ in museums.

* Mr. Cox has published a brief note on John Peers’ story in Trans. Hist.
Soc. Lane. and Chesh., n. ser., vol. xi., p. 246, 1896.

HISTORY OF THE CALDERSTONES. 145

‘8rd, about 1789 the mound was disturbed, and possibly, as a result, the
dolmen was partly exposed and fell to ruins. About this period some of
the later markings, including the footprints, were probably added when the
top stones lay level with the top of the mound (see John Peers’ story).

‘4th, about 1805, the rest of the tumulus was carted away, and the
stones were scattered. Probably some of the stones were destroyed and
others removed (e.g., Mr. Booker’s) between this period and 1845, when Mr.
J. N. Walker, of Calderstones, had some of them collected, placed in a
circle, before his lodge, as at present, and enclosed by a railing.

‘« Several of your correspondents use the term ‘Celtic’ in connection with
the Calderstones. The best authorities agree that the dolmen builders
of North-Western Europe were of the neolithic age, and a pre-Celtic

race.”—Yours, &c.,
W. A. HERDMAN.

Nov. 28th, 1896.

It is possible that this account of what I have been
able to gather together as to the former condition of the
Calderstones may fall into the hands of someone who can
give further information, or who has access to ancient
maps, estate plans, or records in which the Calderstones
are mentioned. I need scarcely say that I shall be much
interested if the possessors of such information will kindly
communicate with me.

There is in the Atheneum Library, Liverpool, a MS.
map said to be copied from an original belonging to
Richard Lathame, Esq., Lord of Allerton, previous to
1644, showing the lands in dispute between the Queen
(? Elizabeth) and Richard Lathame.

This map shows between Allerton and Childwall a
group of ‘‘ Called-way-stones’”’ and ‘‘ Roger-stones,”’ but is
not sufficiently detailed and accurate to be of any real
value. The original, however, if still in existence, and
other old plans like it, showing this district on a large
scale, may be of great antiquarian interest; and it is
hoped that if any such exist in private hands the owners
will take steps to make their contents known.

146 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Fig. 1. The markings on the Calderstones, as shown in Mr. Romilly
Allen’s plates.

Fig. 2. The Calderstones, sometime previous to 1845, from an
painting belonging to Robert Gladstone, Esq. 4

147

[WORK FROM THE PORT FRIN BIOLOGIOAL STATION.]

REVISED LIST OF HYDROMEDUS of the
L.M.B.C. DISTRICT.
By Epwarp T. Brownz, B.A., F.Z.S.
[Read 12th January, 1897.]

S1ncE the publication of my Report on the Meduse of
the L.M.B.C. District, in 1895, fresh researches in some
cases have led to changes in the generic and specific
names, and in other cases show that meduse formerly
regarded as distinct species are only early stages of other
known species. I have given an account of these changes
in nomenclature in a paper published in the Proceedings
of the Zoological Society for 1896, upon which this
Revision is based.

I append in tabular form a list of the Medusz which I
obtained at Port Erin in April, 1896, and notes on a few
of the species.

HYDROMEDUSA.
I. ANTHOMEDUSZ.

Codoniwm pulchellum (Forbes).

Fauna,* LV., p. 374.
Corymorpha nutans, Sars.

P.Z.S., 1896, p. 463.

= Steenstrupia rubra, Forbes.

Fauna, IV., p. 375.
Cytaeandra areolata (sp. ?) (Alder).

Fauna, IV., p. 390.
Dipurena halterata (Forbes).

Baumer EY. patos Ps Z.8.5 leo6. py 473.
Huphysa aurata, Forbes.

Fauna, IV., p. 376; P.Z.8., 1896, p. 474.
Hybocodon prolifer, Agassiz.

* Fauna of Liverpool Bay, 1895, Vol. IV., pp. 371—414. Reprinted
from Trans, Liverpool Biol. Soc,, Vol. 1X., pp. 248—286.

148 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

P.Z.S., 1896, p. 466.
= Amphicodon fritillarva (Steenstrup).
Fauna, IV., p. 379.
Inzzia blondina, Forbes.
P.Z.8., 1896, p. 475; Fauna, IV., p. 393.
= Dysmorphosa miunuma, Heeckel.
Fauna, IV., p. 388.
Margelis principis, Steenstrup.
Fauna, IV., p. 394.
Margelis ramosa, Heckel.
= Margelis britannica (Forbes).
Hana, ye sp eooo:
Margelluum octopunctatum (Sars).
Fauna, IV., p. 398; P.Z.8., 1896, p. 477.
Podocoryne carnea, Sars.
P.Z.S., 1896, p. 463.
= Dysmorphosa carnea (Sars).
Fauna, IV., p. 388.
Sarsia tubulosa, Sars.
Fauna, [V., p. 375.
Tiara pileata (Forskal).
Fauna, IV., p. 386.
Turris neglecta, Lesson.
Fauna, IV., p. 388.

Il. LEPTOMEDUSZ.

EHutima imsignis (Keferstein).
Fauna, IV., p. 410; P.Z.8., 1896, p. 492.
Laodice calcarata, Agassiz.
Fauna, IV., p. 404.
Melicertudium octocostatum (Sars).
Fauna, IV., p. 405.
Mitrocomella polydiadema (Romanes).
Fauna, IV., p. 407.
Obelia lucifera, Forbes.

LIST OF HYDROMEDUSA. 149

Fauna, I[V., p. 406.
Phialidium cymbaloideum (Van Beneden).
P.Z.8., 1896, p. 491.
Phialidium temporarium, Browne.

P.Z.S., 1896, p. 489.

= Phialidium variabile, Heckel.

Fauna, IV., p. 409.
Saphema mirabilis (Wright).

Fauna, IV., p. 410; P.Z.8., 1896, p. 493.
Tiaropsis multicirrata (Sars).

Fauna, IV., p. 406.

Notes ON THE Mepus taken in April, 1896.

Margelis ramosa. A young stage with 3 to 4 tentacles
in each of the four groups. The oral tentacles twice
dichotomously divided.

Margellium octopunctatum. All young stages with
medusa-buds upon the manubrium.

Phiahdium cymbaloideum. Young stages usually hav-
ing four perradial tentacles; a few, however, showed the
commencement of the four interradial tentacles.

Umbrella about 2 to 3 mm. in length and width, which
is about twice the size of specimens belonging to a similar
stage taken in Valencia Harbour, Kerry. The sudden
increase in the number of specimens of the two species of
Phialidium on 16th of April I am unable to account for.

Phialidium temporarium. All young stages, mostly
with four tentacles. Umbrella about 1 mm. in diameter.

Podocoryne carnea. A young stage not long liberated
from its hydroid. It is possible that the medusa which
I have described as Cyteandra areolata (Fauna, IV., p.
390) may be the later stages of a medusa budded off from
one of the species of the hydroid Podocoryne.

Tiaropsis multicirrata. Ail the specimens belonged to
young stages. Umbrella about 1 to 3 mm, in diameter.

150 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

‘quepunqy AI9A TIA
uaye4 ‘quepunqy TA ‘MOM ITT
zoquinu yenjoe oy} MOS "UOWIULOD A ‘B0IBOG TT
SoInsy ,, o1gely ,, OU, ‘mOmULOD ATIIeT AT "90TW0Q ATOA JT

7 Ea pz : z = . = : = Pes = - (osvqs-erhydq) venunlio

Te em eee eM oe we | ~ - - SIVg ‘nauLno auhsooopog
a eed) ee Teele emer nO cage i= ae | - - ~ - SA lls apsiarc
ae oe = APS Se le Mean ail vee We coe, lace - (odeqs-erAydqy) np.uny DYaINP

Pole - | (Wspeteg ueA) wnaprojpnquhs wnpynwy J
Es z F ele gle Saileel e', = del
5 aust ce : Brac spalesee ime ae |" <a = - - pEyoeE ‘vsowns syabsv py

(steVg) wngnzoundoj00 wnryjpab.w fT

| ap - g - fe) - | ef | - ge - |- - - (SVQ) D2D.LL0IQI NUL SISdOLVLT,
oy dE PC a ICE) QUE Jebey) IEE | SOIC) TE ae
Joe JUD) Je) LG I IO) Hot AME IDOL | Ee

XG | GO | (ko | Oko | ol GIL iE} SIE) Gy) Te ante tea

Pe = OO “AyD

SeuUMOIG “wniinLodiuag wnipynry J

‘9681 “IIUdV DNIUACG NIV LYOd LY NUMVL WSNGANW AO LSIT

151

On the POWER of WITHSTANDING DESSICATION
mo PAN TS.

By Aurrep J. Hwart, D.Sc., Ph.D.,

1851 EXHIBITION SCHOLAR.

[Read 12th February, 1897. ]

THE statement that many seeds and spores as well as
certain Mosses are able to withstand complete dessication
without their vitality being destroyed is one which is
frequently found in text books but which is nevertheless
quite erroneous. In no case can anything of a vital
nature, in whatever condition or however resistant it may
be, be deprived of all water without, at the same time,
destroying its vitality. Thus Schroder* has shown that
seeds of Hordewm and Triticum, after being kept for 12
weeks over H.SO, in a dessicator, were nearly all still
capable of germination but contained, though apparently
quite dessicated, from 1 to 2% by weight of water.
Similarly with a Lichen Sticta pulmonarva which withstood
17 weeks dessication over sulphuric acid the minimal
‘“‘ Feuchtigkeitsgehalt’’ consistent with the preservation
of vitality was found to be 5% by weight of water.

In order to investigate more closely the relation between
these two factors a series of experiments, the results of
which are given below, were made. The plants or seeds
are dried for long periods of time exposed to air or in a
dessicator and then, after ascertaining how the vitality of
the specimens has been affected by the prolonged drying,
a sample is weighed and after heating to 100°C. until no
further loss of weight takes place, again weighed. The

*Schroder. Uber die Austrocknungsfahigkeit der Pflanzen. Bot.
Untersuch. aus Tubingen. Bd. II., Hft. 1, 1886,

152 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

last weight is the dry weight of the specimen and from it
the percentage of water which was previously present can
be calculated.

In experiments made with Dicranum scoparium the
upper leafy portions of the stem were taken and kept air
dried for 3 months at 18°C. to 20°C. The leaves and
leaf cells are for the most part living, and on making cell
preparations with Bacteria show in most cases as soon as
examined but in others not till after the lapse of an hour
or so, an active evolution of oxygen, 2.e., the absorption
of water is almost immediately followed by a resumption
of assimilation, even after so long a dormant period. If
assimilation is active it 1s safe to conclude that respiration
is active also. Direct evidence is also afforded by keeping
the moistened plants in a gas chamber filled with air
deprived of CO,, along with a hanging drop of a weak
alkaline solution of phenolpthalein or of an aqueous
solution of BaH,O,. If 2 or 3 plants are used the drop
of phenolpthalein commences to fade in 10—15 minutes,
which indicates that the return of respiration is practically
simultaneous with the absorption of water by the dried
plasma. A sample of such dried plants contained 8'18%
of water. After being dried in the dessicator at 35°C. for
several days, until the weight shows no further appreciable
diminution, the plants still contained 1°78% of water.
Another sample of fresh plants, after being air dried for a
few days, contained 15°88%, and after being in the
dessicator at 35°C. until the weight remained constant
contained 2:07%, of water.

Plants of Cladonia rangiferina kept air dried for 3
months at 15°C. to 20°C. are almost unaffected the
gonidia being almost all living. If moistened and rapidly
examined, at first no perceptible or only a mere trace of
an evolution of oxygen is shown, but this after half-an-

DESSICATION IN PLANTS. 153

hour is in most cases moderately active and in 1 hour
quite active. The plants contained 14°55% of water,
after being kept for 1 day at 45°C. they contained 6:9%,
after 2 days 6°84%, after 3 days 6°76%, and after a 4th day
at 50°C. they contained 5°56% of water. On comparing
these results with those given in Table D., p. 376, in the
Journal of the Linnean Society for 1896 (On Assimilatory
Inhibition) it can be seen that there is a certain, though
by no means proportional, relation between the loss of
water and the inhibition of the power of assimilation.
Similar experiments with dried seeds show that there
is a distinct relation between the loss of water and loss of
germinative power. After 2 weeks drying in a dessicator
at 20°C. followed by 2 weeks at 37°C. to 38°C., Wheat
contained 2°67% of water and 91% of the seeds germinated
(percentage before drying was 93%), Lupinus albus con-
tained 1°88% of water and 94% of seeds germinated (of
normal 95%) Ricinus communis contained 0°92% of water
and 40% of the seeds were capable of germination (of
normal 62%). Zea mais contained 2'5% of water and 88%
of seeds germinated (of normal seeds 92%). Similarly
with other seeds kept in a dessicator for 2 weeks at 20°C.
and then for 6 weeks at 37°C. to 88°C., Zea mats contained
1:7% H,O and 80% of the seeds were capable of germination
(normal 92%), Lupinus albus contained 1°28% of water
and 92% germinated (normal 95%), Cucurbita pepo con-
tained 0°87% of H,O and 90% germinated (of normal 94%).
In the case of Cucurbita seeds the presence of a large
external husk forming a large fraction of the weight of
the seed forms a disturbing factor. If these were free
of all hygroscopic water the actual seed would contain
between 1% and 2%. It appears therefore that even with
the most resistant of seeds it is impossible to reduce the
percentage of water, held by the seed to lower than from

154 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

2% to 3% of the dry weight, without injuriously affecting
their vitality.

One result of prolonged dessication, especially if the
temperature be fairly high (88°C. for example), is to
cause a prolonged inhibitory after-effect upon germination,
which may be delayed many days or even weeks longer
than normal. If the seeds are, previously to drying, killed
by prolonged boiling, it is found that they lose water
rather more readily than similar living seeds kept in cold
water for the same length of time and then subjected to
dessication. , Thus such seeds of Wheat, Maize and Peas
contained, when air dried, from 6% to 8% of water,
whereas the living seeds contained from 10% to 12%. If
dried for 10 days in a dessicator at 37°C. to 38°C. the
dead seeds contained from 2% to 3% of water, whilst the
living ones contained from 8% to nearly 5%. After being
dried in the dessicator for from 6 to 7 weeks at 37°C. to
38°C., the dead seeds contained less than 1% of water
whilst the living seeds contained from 1% to 2%. Similar
results are obtained by seeds which are incapable of with-
standing prolonged dessication, for here as the seeds die
the percentage of water becomes gradually less and less.
Thus air dried Hemp seeds contained 9% of water and
87% germinated; Haricots contained 15% of water and
84% germinated. After a week in the dessicator at 37°C.
to 38°C. the Hemp seeds contained 1°43% of water and
47% yremained capable of germination, the Haricots
averaged 4°68% of water and 60% germinated. After 45
days in the dessicator at 37°C. to 38°C. none of the Hemp
seeds formed seedlings, though in a few cases the radicles
protruded and grew to a few millimetres in length, the
percentage of water present was 0°64. The Haricots
contained 1:1% of water and after a very long latent
period 2% germinated,

DESSICATION IN PLANTS. T55

It appears therefore that when ordinary resistant seeds
are dessicated the lowest percentage of water which they
can contain without their vitality being injuriously
affected lies between 2% and 3% of their dry weight, as
the percentage is reduced below this amount successively
more and more of the seeds are killed. The fact that it
seems to be impossible to remove this water, without, at
the same time, destroying the vitality of the seed (or
plant), suggests that the water may be associated in some
manner, perhaps in a loose chemical combination, with
the plasma of the seed. It is very probable, however,
that the water held so tenaciously is merely capillary
water for it is well known that excessively fine capillaries,
such as the molecular or micellar interstices of an
organized structure hold water with a very great force and
offer a considerable resistance to its loss by evaporation.
The fact that the dead seeds lost water more readily
might be simply due to an alteration of the molecular
structure, caused by the boiling, having taken place, for if
the seeds are kept in water at 100°C. just long enough to
kill them and no longer, it is found that they lose water
when dessicated with but little greater rapidity than
normal seeds do.

What is quite certain, is, that dry but vital plasma
cannot possibly be of the same chemical composition as
living active fluid plasma on the one hand, or as dead
proteid on the other, but is probably intermediate between
the two. The change from the fluid or colloid to the
solid condition is, of course, a mere physical change
directly due to the withdrawal of water, but induces a
profound chemical change. Dry protoplasm is perfectly
dormant, it can neither respire nor assimilate, add to its
substance or diminish it. In the dry condition it is a
stable and non-oxidizable chemical compound. According

156 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

to Latham* active living plasma consists of a chain of
cyan alcohols united to a benzene nucleus and thus
forming a body which is extremely unstable and very
prone to molecular change. From this substance, by
dissociation and re-arrangement, the various metabolic
products of protoplasm can be derived. On drying, a
re-arrangement of the protoplasmic molecule into a stable
grouping, which may or may not be accompanied by
dissociation, takes place. On the addition of water an
extremely rapid re-combination and re-organization occurs,
the unstable active living protoplasmic molecule being
again produced and almost immediately commencing to
respire and assimilate. The protoplasm of a plant, which
is unable to withstand dessication, is probably resolved on
drying into a stable series of substances from which, inter
se, no re-organization of the protoplasmic molecule can
take place. It is interesting to notice that no cell, the
protoplasm of which shows streaming or rotation, can
withstand dessication. It appears that where the vital
activity of the plasma manifests itself in the form of
rotation or circulation, the preservation of vitality is
indissolubly connected with the presence of free fluid
water in the protoplasm.

A cell is resistant to drying, when its protoplasm is ©
readily stimulated by the loss of water to re-arrange its
molecular grouping in a stable, and hence resistant mole-
cular arrangement and one from which, at the same time,
a re-awakening is possible. The re-awakening is normally
very rapid and does not involve any appreciable latent
period but in other cases a more or less prolonged latent
period seems to intervene between the absorption of
water and the complete resumption of vitality as evidenced
by the return of respiration and assimilation. Here it is

*Latham. Brit. Med, Journal, Vol. I., 1886, p. 629,

DESSICATION IN PLANTS. 157

quite possible that a more or less marked dissociation of
the protoplasmic molecule into less complex substances
has taken place and the latent period may be the expression
of the time required for the completion of the necessary
re-combinative changes, the energy supplied by the forcible
re-absorption of water, affording the necessary stimulus.
Where there is no perceptible latent period the dissociative
changes have probably been only slight or absent, the
change to the dry condition involving merely a rearrange-
ment of the protoplasmic molecule. Where actual dis-
sociation takes place, the less complex substances, one of
which may be water in a combined form, into which the
protoplasmic molecule is resolved, do not necessarily
separate from each other but may remain within the
spheres of attractive influence of their respective molecular
groups so long as vitality is retained, falling asunder and
losing the power of re-combination when vitality is lost.

Such dissociatory changes appear to take place when
the amount of water present approaches to the minimum
consistent with the preservation of vitality, and are hence
produced by prolonged dessication or dry heat,* but they
may occur even when the amount of water present is
considerably over 10% of the dry weight, viz., in Lichens
or Mosses kept air dry for long periods of time, and
normally in seeds on ripening and drying as instanced by
the latent period of respiration shown by moistened
seeds. }

Assuming the correctness of the above deductions, very
plausible explanations can be offered of most of the
phenomena observed in this connection. The ‘‘ inhibitory
after effect’ is explained as being really a latent period of
recovery. It is possible also to understand, in this light,

* Journal of the Linnean Society, 1896, p. 373—877.
t On Vitality of Seeds. Trans. L’pool Biol. Soc., Vol. VIII., 1894, p, 234.

158 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

why, of closely allied plants, the plasma of the one may be
capable of withstanding dessication, that of the other not,
the difference being due to the fact that the plasma of the
more resistant form has acquired, by adaptive modification,
the power of, when dessicated, re-arranging its molecules
in a stable form from which recovery is possible, whilst in
the other case the stable substance or rather substances
into which the protoplasmic molecule resolves on drying
are such that from them no re-constitution of the proto-
plasmic molecule is, inter se, possible.

In plants which can withstand dessication very varied
degrees of resistance are shown. ‘These differences are
probably due to the fact that the protoplasmic molecule
can, In some cases, retain the necessary molecular arrange-
ment which permits of re-organization for a very long
time, but in others, only for a limited period. Thus
seeds of Oxalis,* Salizt and Populust are killed by
from 1 to 3 weeks air drying, and in many cases the
duration of the drying is more important than its degree.
The presence of oil in the plasma does not seem to make
it more resistant to dessication, as Alex. Braun§ supposed,
for Hemp seeds are less resistant than Peas or Barley and
Dicranum scoparium is less resistant than Orthotrichum
affine or Brywmn cespititiwm. As Schroder (1. c.) points
out, however, when the oil is coloured (lipochrome pig-
ments, etc.) and present in microscopic organisms (many
Palmellaces, etc.) 1 may be of importance as a protection
against the decolourization which sunlight may induce in
dried cells containing chlorophyll.

*F. Hildebrand. Uber die Schutzeinrichtungen der Oxaliszwiebeln.
Ber. d. D. Bot.-Gesell., 1884, Hft. 3.

+ Wichura. Die Bastardbefruchtung der Weiden, 1865.

t Schroder, L. c. Nobbe.. Handbuch der Samenkunde, 1876.

§ Alex. Braun. Betrachtungen iiber die Erscheinung der Verjungung in
der Natur, 1850.

———

DESSICATION IN PLANTS. 159

Tt is difficult at first to comprehend how many seeds,
spores, and even Mosses, can withstand, in the dried
condition, temperatures far above those necessary to
coagulate coagulable albumen. Lewith* has, however,
shown that the less water albumen contains, the higher is
its coagulating point. Thus egg albumen containing 18%
of water coagulates at 80°C. to 90°C., with 6% at 145°C.
and with no water at 160°C. to 170°C. Hence assuming
that dried plasma, though of much greater complexity,
approaches to a certain extent to the nature of coagulable
proteid, we can understand the greatly increased resistant
power to heat which dessication gives, and yet can under-
stand why the most resistant plasma has its vitality
destroyed at temperatures far below that necessary to
coagulate perfectly water free egg albumen.

“Kin Beitrag zur. Theorie der Disinfektion. Archiv, f. exper. Pathol.,
1890, XXVI., p. 341.

160

[WORK FROM THE PORT ERIN BIOLOGICAL STATION. ]

ADDITIONAL NOTES on the TURBELLARIA of
the L.M.B.C. DISTRICT.

By H. Lysrer Jameson, B.A.
With Plates V. and VI.

[Read May 14th, 1897.]

In this list, which is intended to supplement Mr. F. W.
Gamble’s Report (Trans. L’pool Biol. Soc., Vol. VIL.,
1898), I propose to record the Turbellaria which I found
in the neighbourhood of Port Erin, during a couple of
weeks I spent at the Laboratory of the Liverpool Marine
Biology Committee in April, 1897.

During my stay at Port Erin I confined my attention
to the marine species, the only fresh-water form that I
am able to record being Polycelis migra, a number of
specimens of this Triclad having been found by Mr. A.
R. Jackson, B.S8c., Science Student at University College,
Liverpool, who kindly handed them over to me for iden-
tification. |

Of the Marine species Grafiilla buccinicola is new to
science, seven Rhabdocoeles and one Polyclad are not
recorded in Mr. Gamble’s list; while two Polyclads and
eighteen Rhabdocoeles, already recorded in his report,
were also found by me.

I regret that the shortness of my stay at Port Erin ~ |

allowed me but few opportunities of exploring new col-
lecting grounds on the Manx coast; but Port Erin Bay
and Port St. Mary supplied me with such a quantity of
material, that I devoted all my time to these two places.
I must here express my gratitude to Mr. Gamble for
his valuable advice as to the best localities for finding a

ADDITIONAL L.M.B.C. TURBELLARIA. —_—sawi16+1

rich supply of material, and for many useful hints as to
collecting and identifying my specimens.

As to the occurrence of the species: the commonest
Rhabdocoele by far was Macrorhynchus croceus ; Monotus
lineatus and M. fuscus coming next in number of indivi-
duals. The two latter, taken together, hardly outnumbered
the former, while to these three species belonged about
half of the Turbellarians I examined. Of the remaining
~ types the commonest were Pseudorhynchus bifidus, Byrso-
phiebs intermedia, Promesostoma agile, Provortez balticus,
and Macrorhynchus heligolandicus. |

My experience of the Parasitic Rhabdocoeles is limited
to the new Grafilla, which occurred in numbers in the
kidney of almost every Buccinum undatum and Fusus
antiquus that I examined. ‘The ‘‘ Cocoons’”’ of Fecampia
_erythrocephala were not uncommon between tide-marks,
but I searched in vain for the worm itself.

TURBELLARIA.
I. TRICLADIDA.

Polycelis mgra, O. F. Muller.

New to Isle of Man fauna. |
Nine examples of this very common species were found
by Mr. A. R. Jackson in a small stream near Port Erin.
They measured from 6 to 14 mm. in length and were of
a particularly deep black, showing none of the variations
so common in this species, which is frequently coloured
_ brown or grey, and presents all gradations from these
colours to black.

II. RHABDOCOELIDA.
A. .ACOELA.

_ Aphanostoma diversicolor, Oersted.

162 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Two examples, among seaweeds collected at low tide
near Port Erin Breakwater. Nes

Three specimens of an acoelous type, probably an
Aphanostoma, in which no trace of gonads or genitalia
was visible were taken by tow-netting in Port Erin Bay.

Convoluta paradoxa, Oersted.

One example only was found, in some seaweeds gathered
at low-water opposite the Biological Station. This indi-
vidual measured 2 mm. in length, and presented no trace
of the transverse bars which sometimes occur.

B. RHABDOCOELA.
Family MEsosToMIDé.

Promesostoma marmoratum (Schultze).

Two specimens taken in tidal pools near the biological
station had the usual dark reticular pigment between the
eyes. Five others found among seaweeds between tide-
marks near the Breakwater were without reticular pigment,
but provided with copious yellowish-red colouring matter
in the epidermis, resembling the variety that v. Graff
records from Naples (Monographie, p. 270).

Promesostoma solea (O. Schmidt).

Although Gamble does not record this species in his
paper (4), he gives Port Erin as a locality in the list of
British species which he has appended to his article on
the Turbellaria in the Cambridge Natural History (vol.
11., p. 49). I procured two specimens at low water, among
seaweeds, in front of the biological station.

This species can at once be distinguished from P. ovot-
dewm (QO. Schm.), by the presence of a curious process of
the pigment-cup, which extends outwards over the lens
of the eye. .

My two specimens differed considerably in the density
of their body pigment, in one it was as dense as in v.

ADDITIONAL L.M.B.C. TURBELLARIA. Ga

Graff's figure of P. ovordewm (Monogr. Tab. vu.., fig. 11),
but not extending right to the anterior and posterior ends
of the body, and thinning off between the eyes; in the
other specimen it was altogether more diffuse. Length
of both specimens *6 mm.

Promesostoma agile (Levinsen).

New to L.M.B.C. District.

I obtained seventeen specimens of this worm among
seaweeds collected at low tide on Port Erin Breakwater.
They varied from ‘35 to ‘6 mm. in length. Colour, light
red. The penis was in most of my specimens more
strongly curved at the apex than it is in Gamble’s figure
(3, pl. xl., fig. 14), in some few it is even more so than in
Levinsen’s sketch (10, Tab. i., fig. 5), but it is evident
that this feature is one that varies.

I have in vain tried to make out the relations of the ‘‘re-
ceptaculum”’ in this species, the organ is visible behind the
atrium in all specimens, and has a club-shaped appearance,
but I can find no connexion between this structure and
the other genitalia, nor am I quite clear as to the normal
position of the genital atrium itself. These points can
only be cleared up by the study of sections.

Very typical of this species are several very large
granular salivary (?) glands, with ducts which converge
just behind the pharynx, they do not seem to have been
observed before.

Byrsophlebs intermedia, v. Graft.

Common on Cladophora collected in tide-pools near the
biological station.

_Proxenetes flabellifer, Jensen.

One specimen among Cladophora, in a rock-pool near
the station.

Mesostoma neapolitanum, v. Graff (Pl. V., fig. 1).

New to L.M.B.C. District.

164 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Under this name I introduce a single specimen, found
among seaweeds collected between tide-marks at Port St.
Mary, which conforms in all essential details with the
descriptions of v. Graff and Gamble.

Length ‘6 mm., white, gut slightly discoloured by
yellowish food-stuff. Pharynx central (not in front of
centre as described by v. Graff and Gamble, but this
difference is perhaps due to unequal contraction in my
specimen). Rhabdites very densely distributed in anterior
end, forming two very well marked lines between the
eyes: The eyes are small and reniform, provided with
lenses, body pointed in front, rounded behind, genital pore
close to posterior end of body. Testes lateral, elongated ;
seminal vesicle kidney shaped, the penis being attached
to the concave side (fig. 1). Penis consists of a proximal
muscular portion and a distal chitinous tube which is
slightly more curved than in v. Graff’s figure. The atrium
is extremely large and conspicuous, copiously supplied
with glands.

The female reproductive organs were not developed in
my specimen. It is strange that in all the recorded
occurrences (as far as I am aware) of this species, viz.,
von Graff's (Monographie, p. 310), Gamble (8), p. 26,
and the present note, only single specimens have been
found. Ihave preserved this specimen as a microscopic
preparation, by Dr. M. Braun’s method. (‘‘ Die Rhabdo-
coeliden Turbellarien Livlands’’; Archiv. f. d. Naturkunde
Lhivlands, &c., Bd. X., 1885.)

Family PROBOSCIDA.
Pseudorhynchus bifidus (M‘Intosh).
Common between tide-marks at Port Erin and Port St.
Mary. Some of those found on the Breakwater measured
as much as 2°2 mm. in length, although v. Graff gives

ADDITIONAL L.M.B.C. TURBELLARIA. 165

1'7 mm. and Gamble 1—1°3 mm. as usual size. The
number of turns in the spiral on the chitinous penis
varied between six and seventeen. The spiral was right-
handed in all the examples that I examined. The bursa,
which has a delicate chitinous lining, was very obvious
in some of the specimens I examined; it has been accur-
ately figured by Jensen (7, Tab. iv., fig. 12).

When disturbed this worm retreats rapidly backwards
in a very characteristic manner, attaching itself by its
adhesive tail and drawing the body up, the movement
being repeated in a leech-like manner.

Acrorhynchus caledonicus (Claparéde).

Port Erin Breakwater, two specimens; Port St. Mary,
between tide-marks, three specimens.

Macrorhynchus ndégelw (Kolliker).

Among seaweeds at low-water opposite the biological
station, six examples.

Macrorhynchus croceus (Fabricius).

New to L.M.B.C. District.

This species was the commonest Turbellarian during
my stay at Port Erin; numerous specimens, from fully
grown individuals with a ripe egg capsule in uterus, to

~ young ones in which the gonads were only appearing,

being found in every piece of seaweed examined, both
from Port Erin and from Port St. Mary. I have been
unable, although I had exceptional opportunities, to make
out from pressure preparations the relations of the female
gonads to the atrium, but I hope to be able to throw
some light upon this question by the examination of
sections of some specimens which I preserved for this
purpose.

Macrorhynchus heligolandicus, Metschnikoff.

Occurred at Port St. Mary and at Port Erin among
seaweeds, and in tide-pools,

166 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Family VoRTICIDz.

Provortex balticus (Schultze).

Common in tide-pools at Port Erin. A large proportion
of those examined had ripe eggs in their uteri. A variety
without the usual brown pigment was found along with
normally coloured individuals among Cladophora.

Provortex affinis (Jensen).

New to L.M.B.C. District.

One example, among Cladophora in a tide-pool near the
station. This species is easily distinguishable from P.
balticus by the form of its penis, the distal part of the
chitinous tube bending at an angle to the proximal part
and bearing a leaf-hke triangular plate.

Fecampia erythrocephala, Giard.

Gamble gives Port Erin as a locality for this parasitic
form in the Cambridge Natural History, vol. u1., p. 50,
although at the time of his publishing his paper in these
‘Transactions’? he had not met with it.

I found numerous ‘“‘cocoons”’ of this species under
stones between tide-marks, but I failed to find the worm
itself in any of the Carcini that I examined.

Graffilla buccinicola, n. sp. (Pl. V., figs. 3to 6; Pl. VL,

figs. 7 to 18).

The above name I propose to give to a parasite from
the kidney of Buccinwm undatum and Fusus antiquus,
which I found infesting these two molluscs in considerable
numbers. The genus Grafilla, von Jhering (8), was
established to receive a species found in the kidney of
Murex, which v. Jhering called Graffilla muricicola. To
the same genus a parasite discovered by Lang (9) was
referred by v. Graff (Monographie, p. 375) who called it
G. tethydicola. V. Graff also refers the Anoplodium mytilt
of Levinsen (10) to this genus. Finally a fourth species
was described by Dr. Ferdinand Schmidt (Archiv, fur

ADDITIONAL L.M.B.C. TURBELLARIA. ee oy

Naturgesch. v. lii., pt. 1, p. 305, 1886), from the liver of
Teredo, under the name of Grafjlla brawwt. A valuable
account of the anatomy of the first two species is given
by Bohmig; (2). The genus Graffilia has not hitherto
been found in British waters.

DEScRIPTION :—Length 1—2°5 mm. Breadth *5—1
mm. Colour greyish yellow to reddish yellow, very opaque,
in favourable pressure preparations groups of olive brown
pigment granules (fig. 5) are visible evenly distributed
over the body. Sections prove that they are situated in
the parenchyma. Form, cylindrical in section; outline
of body varies according to condition of genital glands;
in small, 1—1'8 mm. long individuals, in which male
organs alone are visible, it is elongate with the greatest
breadth behind middle of body, and posterior third tapered
off into a tail; in larger specimens with ovaries and yolk
glands highly developed the general outline is stouter, and
the “‘tail”’ usually cannot be recognised (fig. 6).

Mouth on ventral aspect of anterior end of body, being
in fact an excellent example of a terminal mouth. It
leads into a pharyngeal sack, quite obvious in all sections
of well preserved specimens, in which les the small
doliform (v. Graff) pharynx, which can be protruded by
the living animal to a certain extent. The pharynx
measures z'3—7z'5 Of total length of body.

Nothing comparable to the “* Haftapparat’”’ of Bohmig
is present in this species. The interior of the pharyngeal
sack is not ciliated. Eyes, two; small, reniform, provided
each with three or four small lens cells, they are com-
pletely buried in the substance of the brain as will be seen
in fig. 7. The body is uniformly ciliated, the cilia are
short and comparatively thick, the cuticular layer of the
epidermis is also thicker than is usual among the Turbel-
laria. Around the mouth I observed a few cilia longer than

168 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

the others and non-motile, they are presumably tactile.
No rhabdites were to be observed in the skin although in
living specimens pressed on the slide a considerable
amount of viscid mucous matter was extruded from the
epidermis. I have found no trace of the epidermal glands
so characteristic of Graffilla tethydicola.

There is an outer circular and an inner longitudinal
muscle layer. The pharynx passes off into a well marked
cesophagus (fig. 8). The cesophagus soon widens out
into the very extensive gut, which has histologically the
characters described by Bohmig. The extent of the lumen
of gut depends upon the amount of food recently absorbed
by the cells, and may be said to vary inversely as the
amount of granules and vacuoles in the gut cells them-
selves. The gut occupies the whole volume of the animal’s
body posteriorly to the germ glands or testes, excepting
the small space left between it and the body wall, in
which the great yolk glands ramify.

The genital opening is a very short distance behind the
mouth, approximately on a level with the posterior opening
of the pharynx, so that in a section it is possible to get
the eyes, the genital opening and the posterior end of the
pharynx in the same plane, as was actually the case in the
specimen from which fig. 71s copied. The whole relations
of the genital organs are so exceedingly variable according
to the age of the particular specimen examined that they
will require separate descriptions, just as if the worm was
of separate sexes.

This Graffilla presents one of the most extreme cases of
successive hermaphroditism with which I am acquainted
among the Turbellaria, specimens which present traces
of both male and female organs being very unusual. In
specimens measuring 1—1‘8 mm. the male organs are
generally predominant, the most conspicuous organ is the

ADDITIONAL U.M.B.C. TURBELLARIA. 169

large seminal vesicle about twice as long as the pharynx,
and lying just posterior to it. It completely conceals the
atrium in pressure preparations, but the relations of the
various parts have been drawn from a section in fig. 8.
Here we see the penis projecting into the atrium; and
the diverticulum which will afterwards form the seminal
receptaculum lying ventral and posterior to the seminal
vesicle. The testes are lateral, they extend forward to
the level of the seminal vesicle, with which they com-
municate by short ducts opening into the posterior end of
the vesicle. Posteriorly they do not quite reach back to
the middle of the body (fig. 3).

The penis is very difficult to observe, but my examina-
tions of pressure preparations which I have been able to
confirm by sections shew it to be a short thick tube,
strengthened by several cuticular rings and capable of
being retracted so as to appear as a rosette shaped organ
on anterior end of seminal vesicle (fig. 10), or of being
protruded as shown in figs. 11 and 18. The distal rings
appear to be provided with fine serrations. I have not
been able to make out the mechanism by which the penis
is thus protruded.

In large individuals, in which the female organs are
fully developed the testes and seminal vesicle together
with the penis have atrophied and cannot be found either
in pressure preparations or in sections. In one or two
lucky pressure preparations I had the good fortune to find
the seminal vesicle persistent, and the testes still visible ;
in these specimens the germ glands were not mature, and

the yolk glands were much less extensive than in the
majority of cases. : :

In the typical ‘“‘female’’ condition the receptaculum

seminis is large, spherical, and lies dorsal and posterior
to the atrium (figs. 4 and 12)-which is provided with uni-

170 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

cellular shell (?) glands. The germ glands lie entirely in
the anterior third of the body, their proximal ends con-
verging forward to open into the posterior part of the
atrium in company with the yolk glands. Their distal
halves are bent at an acute angle to the proximal halves,
the apex pointing forwards and upwards, so that in a
pressure preparation the glands present the appearance
of two V’s, one on either side of the body, occupying
much the position that the testes formerly did.

In minute structure they conform to the type which is
so distinctive of Grafilla, the individual ova being some-
what flattened and suggesting rouleaux of coins. The
ducts of the yolk glands lie internally (mesiad) to the
germaria and open into the posterior wall of the atrium.
A short distance behind the atrium they branch, and by
complex branching and anastomosing form a more or less
complete sheath around the gut extending from the brain
to the tail (fig. 4). Underneath the epidermis is the same
extraordinary system of supposed excretory tubes that
has been observed in other species of the same genus.
They ramify and anastomose all over the dorsal surface in
a most complex manner; and, as in the other members
of this genus, no flame cells are visible. On either side
of the body, running from anterior to posterior end, is a
larger tubule, which presents a slight dilatation about the
middle of its length. |

The chief characters which distinguish this species
from the other four members of the genus, are the position
of the genital pore, the form of the germ gland and the
penis, and the possession of pigment spots in the paren-
chyma. From G. muricicola it differs in the absence of
Bohmig’s ‘‘ Haftapparat’”’ or ‘‘ Bohrapparat,” in the form
of the body, the position of the genital opening, the form
of the germ glands, the fact that the eyes are embedded

ADDITIONAL L.M.B.C. TURBELLARIA. 171

in the brain, &c. From G. tethydicola it is at once dis-
tinguishable by the possession of eyes, and absence of the
very striking epidermal glands. G. brawmnii also possesses
the ‘‘ Haftapparat,’’ while the ‘‘excretory”’ tubules are
very distinctive, the testes are in front of the atrium, the
germ glands also present quite different relations. With
regard to G. mytwli, as since Levinsen (10) published his
original description no specimens have been found, its
position is doubtful, but Levinsen’s description supplies .
quite enough details to prove that it is distinct from the
worm I am describing. ‘‘ Ovaria longa, sacciforma intra
mareines laterales sita’”’ is sufficient in itself to distinguish
G. mytili from G. buccinicola, to say nothing of the further
statement in the Danish text, where he describes it as
extending itself along the side of the body from the eyes
far backwards, as a pair of broad sinuous sacks. His
sketch and description of the seminal vesicle and penis
have also no resemblance to the same structures in my
species.

Hasitat :—In the kidney and renal duct of Buccinum
undatum and Fusus antiquus. The greater number of
specimens of both these molluscs were infected, the
- number of parasites in one host varied between four and
several dozen. A few worms were generally present in
the mantle cavity as well, into which they had probably
escaped through the renal aperture. The movements of
this species are sluggish, like the other members of the
genus it frequently lies on its side with the body dorso-
ventrally flexed and swims round in a circle. From my

observations upon living examples, kept in sea-water, I
find that it is extremely sensitive to light, hiding under
any object that is put into the vessel with it.

As the specimens of Buccinwm which I examined were
procured from the fishermen (who use them as bait), and

172 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

had been out of the water for a couple of days before I

received them, I cannot say whether the host suffers

serious consequences from the attacks of the parasites ;

the kidney, in many cases, was distended, and contained

a large quantity of mucus, and its walls seemed to be

locally attenuated, being almost transparent in places. |
Locauiry :—Port Erin, Isle of Man.

C. ALLOIOC@LA.
Family PLAGIOSTOMIDZ.

Plagiostoma koren, Jensen.

New to L.M.B.C. District.

Four specimens occurred among seaweeds collected in
tide-pools near the biological station.

Body oval, pomted behind, rounded in front, broadest
about the middle. Colour, under a low power or pocket
lens, greyish white with a broad dark band across the
body about the middle. The colour is due to two kinds
of pigment, a dark brown reticular pigment in the paren-
chyma, which corresponds to the dark zone; and a lighter
brown granular pigment in the epidermis, which, although
denser in the middle of the body, extends to the head and
tail as well. |

The eyes are very variable in form, carmine red, and
as far as I can make out have no lens. One of my
examples presented a particularly beautiful variation in
the form of the eyes. Here they were triangular, carmine
red, with a violet spot in the centre which sent processes
of the same colour to the three angles. I am inclined to
believe that in this species we have an eye of the Monotus
type, 2.e., a simple mass of pigment without lens.

Plagiostoma vittatum (Frey and Leuckart).

- One specimen in a pool near the biological station,

ADDITIONAL L.M.B.C. TURBELLARIA. 173

colour distribution as in v. Graff, Monographie, Tab. xxil.,
fig. 6, f.

Vorticeros auriculatum (O. F. Muller).

Three specimens among seaweeds, opposite the biologi-
cal station.

An individual 1°8 mm. long was taken in the tow-net
by Mr. A. R. Jackson, at sunset on the 26th April in
Port Erin Bay.

Cylindrostoma quadrioculatum (Leuckart).

A few specimens among Cladophora, collected in shallow
rock pools near high-water mark, beside the biological
station. This species seems particularly sensitive to light,
and only appeared at the surface of the vessels, in which
I put the Cladophora, after dark.

Family Monotipaé.

~ Monotus lineatus (O. F. Miiller).

Port Erin and Port St. Mary, very common among
seaweeds collected between tidemarks.

In the great majority of the specimens that I examined
the eye spot had the form of an irregular semilunar patch
of pigment, such as is figured by Boeck (7), Pl. F., figs.
Poxand 9.or by von Graff (6); Tab..xx., fig. 18.. One
individual, however, taken at Port St. Mary presented
such an extreme reduction of the ‘‘eye’’ that I have
figured it (Pl. V., fig. 2). Here it is merely represented
by a faint row of granules, forming a semicircle in front
of the otolith.

Monotus fuscus (Oersted).

Common in tide-pools, and among tidal refuse, at Port
Erin. Also found at Port St. Mary, but nowhere was it
quite so numerous as M. lineatus.

174 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

ii Sony CLADIDA.

A. ACOTYLEA.
Family PLANOCERID&.

Stylochoplana maculata, Quatrefages.

New to L.M.B.C. District.

Two specimens, under stones, at low-water, in front of
the biological station.

Length of my two specimens 11 and 13 mm. respectively,
body elongated; broad and leaf-like in front, tapering
behind. Tentacles in the first fifth of body, the base of
each is surrounded by a circle, which in examination of
the living animal suggests a thickening of the epidermis,
and gives one the idea of a depression into which the
tentacle can be partly retracted. Five to seven eyes on
base of each tentacle; between tentacles, and running
toward anterior margin are two groups of eight or nine
eyes, besides which, one of my specimens showed several
minute black specks intermixed with these intertentacular
eyes.

Colour, to naked eye, greyish brown; under microscope
the ground colour is yellowish-brown, with darker spots,
and a number of large white blotches, very well developed
in one specimen, but smaller and less clearly marked in
the other. 'T'wo genital openings are present.

I kept both specimens under observation for some
hours, and noted that they swim with dorso-ventral flexion
of the whole body, much as the medicinal leech does; and
if disturbed, when creeping on the wall of the vessel,
they retreat with a curious wriggling movement, which is
produced by the alternate use of the two sides of the
anterior end of the body; the left anterior corner being
extended, and the body drawn up, when immediately the
right side is pushed forwards and the process repeated

ADDITIONAL L.M.B.C. TURBELLARIA. 175

alternately by the two sides, the worm literally dragging
itself along ‘“‘ hand over hand.”

Verrill has suggested the generic name Heterostylochus
for this species, considering that by the possession of two
genital openings it has a right to generic distinction.
(Trans. Connecticut Acad., vol. viii., 1892, p. 467.)

Family LEPTOPLANIDZ.

Leptoplana tremellaris (O. F’. Muller).
Several specimens, under stones, at Port St. Mary and
Port Erin.

B. CoryLeEa.
Family HURYLEPTIDZ.

Cycloporus papillosus, Lang, var. levigatus, Lang.

Two specimens at Port St. Mary under the same stone
one of which measured 13°5 the other 11 mm.

Two found by Prof. Herdman, adhering to a colony of
Botrylloides outside Port Erin Harbour, length 9 mm.
and 6 mm. respectively. I have not had sufficient exper-
lence of this species to say whether this marked difference
in size between the two individuals which usually consort
together is or is not constant; further observations upon
this point will be of interest, as it is possible that these
couples which are so frequently found together represent
stages in which the male and female elements are respec-
tively at the maximum of development.

The relation between Cycloporws and the Ascidians
with which it is so frequently associated is also a mystery,
whether Cycloporus eats the Ascidian or merely derives
moisture from it during the period it is exposed by the
tide remains to be determined.

POSTCRIPT :—Since the above was written I have found

176 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

a previous record of Stylychoplana maculata and of
Fecampia erythrocephala for the district. Report Brit.
Assoc., 1894. Proc. Sect. D, p. 318. Fecampia has also
been recently observed at Plymouth by Mr. Garstang;
(Journal Marine Biol. Assoc., vol. i1., p. 217).

PAapERS REFERRED TO.

1. Borcx; in Gaimard ‘‘ Voyages de la commission
scientifique du Nord en Scandinavie, &c. pendant
les années, 1838—40, Atlas de Zoologie, Imp. fol.
Paris 1842—1845.

2. Boumic. L. ‘‘ Untersuchungen uber rhabdocole Tur-
bellarien; I, das genus Graffilla.” Zeitschrift fur
wissenschaftliche Zoologie, Bd. XLIII.

3. GAMBLE, F. W. “ British Marine Turbellaria ”
(Quarterly Journ. Microscop. Science; April, 1898).

4. GAMBLE. ‘Report on the Turbellaria of the
L.M.B.C. District” (Trans. L’pool Biol. Soc.,
Vol, Vill s93)r

5. GAMBLE. Article ‘‘ Turbellaria’’ in Cambridge Nat-
ural History,” Vol. I1., London, 1896. :

6. VON GRAFF, L. ‘‘ Monographie der Turbellarien,”
I. Rhabdocoelida, Leipzig, 1882.
7. JENSEN. ‘‘ Turbellaria ad litora Norvegiae occiden-
talis.”’ Bergen, 1878.
8. von JHERING. “ Graffilla muricicola, eine parasit-

ische Rhabdocoele.”’ (Zeitschrift fur wiss. Zool.
Bd. XXXIV., pp. 147—174, Tab. VII., 1880.)

9. Lane. ‘‘Notiz uber einen neuen Parasiten der
Tethys, aus der Abtheilung der Rhabdocoelen Tur-
bellarien.” (Mittheilungen aus der Zoologischen
Station zu Neapel; Bd. I., 1881.) |

10. Luvinsen, G. M. R. “Bidrag til Kundskab om
Gronlands Turbellarie Fauna.” (Vidensk. Meddel.

1g

12.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

ie:

ADDITIONAL L.M.B.C. TURBELLARIA. 177

fra den naturh. Foren. 1 Kjobenhavn, 1879, pp. 1—
42, Tab. IIL.)

SCHMIDT, FERDINAND. Graffilla braun, n.sp. Ar-
chiv. fur Naturgesch., 1886. Bad. I.

VERRILL. Trans. Connecticut Acad., vol. viu., p.
467, 1892.

EXPLANATION OF PILATES.
PLATE V.

1. Penis of Mesostoma neapolitanum, v. Graff.
v.s., seminal vesicle; ch., chitinous tube which
projects into the spacious atrium.

2. Anterior end of variety of Monotus lineatus (O.
F. M.), with greatly reduced eye spot. e.,
eye ; ot., otolith; g., gut; t.c., tactile cilia on
anterior margin.

3. Grafilla buccincola, n. sp., from a pressure of
preparation, the male organs are developed in
this individual. ep., epidermis; ph., pharynx;
e., eye; s.gl., salivary (?) glands; g., gut; te.,
testis; v.s., seminal vesicle; pe., penis.

4. Anterior end of an individual in which the
female elements are developed. ger., germ
gland; y., yolk gland, which is not figured on
the right side of the sketch; at., atrium; 75s.,
receptaculum seminis; other letters as in fig.
3.

. 5. Pigment spots, composed of groups of granules,

from the subcutaneous parenchyma of G.
buccinicola.

. 6. Four sketches, to illustrate the variations in form,

of G. buccinicola, a. and b., examples in the

178 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

10.
ne:

12.

13.

male stage; c. and d., do. in female stage;
ph., pharynx; v.s,, seminal vesicle; g., gut;
ov., germ gland.

PuatTe VI.

Transverse section through region of brain of
Graffilla buccuncola ; ep., ciliated epithelium ;
br., brain; ph., pharynx (posterior end); at.,
genital atrium ; g.o., genital pore; ¢., eye.

Longitudinal section of specimen with male |
organs developed. ep., epidermis; 7.m., cir-
cular muscles; /.m., longitudinal muscles ;
br., brain; ph., pharynx; oe., oesophagus ;
ph.s., pharyngeal sack; g.o., genital pore; 1.s.,
rudiment of receptaculum seminis ; p., penis ;
v.s., seminal vesicle.

Transverse section of G. bucciniccla in the
female stage, passing through body near the
apex of the loop formed by the germ glands.
g.c., cavity of gut; ger. p., proximal limb of
germ gland; ger. d., distal do.; y., yolk gland.

Seminal vesicle with penis retracted.

Do. penis protruded, from the same specimen
under higher pressure.

Scheme of relationships of the female apparatus
constructed from sections. at., atrium; 7.s.,
receptaculum seminis; sh. gl., shell glands ;
ger., germ glands.

Penis, strongly magnified, from a pressure
preparation. |

Fis)

OBSERVATIONS regarding a FOOTPRINT from the
KEUPER SANDSTONE at STORETON; with
a note on the probable structure of the foot by Prof.
Lf G.seeley, H.R.S., f.G.S., &e.

By H. C. Brastey.

With Plate VII.
[Read January 15th, 1897.]

_ THE footprint, in question (Pl. VII., fig. 1), is the natural
cast, in relief, of the impression of a short broad foot,
armed with strong claws, measuring about one inch in
total length and slightly less in breadth, and came from
the well known footprint bed on the east side of the
south quarry at Storeton, Cheshire. After reading a paper
before the Brit. Assoc. at their Liverpool Meeting, I pointed
this out as one of the most perfectly preserved examples I
had found, and Prof. Seeley very kindly examined it
with great care and afterwards wrote to me as follows :—

“T find it to show five digits with the claws all turned
outwards. The fourth and fifth are close together, and
what I regard as the impression of the fifth digit is very
shallow, as though its claw were indicated by the tri-
angular paper pointer gummed upon the original slab.
I take the outward direction of the claw probably to
indicate a burrowing habit like that of the ornithorhynchus,
and therefore an animal with long body, short legs, and
shoulder girdle, and humerus of the Monotreme type,
though the same conditions would be found in the
Anomodont. The impression of the digits is well defined
and seems to me like what I figured in the Phil. Tran-
sactions, 1888, pl. 76, as found in a Dicynodont named
Keirognathus in the short broad form of the foot. The
impression of the thin fleshy pad of the foot shows some
of the carpal bones, on the hypothesis that the foot is a

180 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

fore foot. In the carpal region there is on each side an
indication of a slight lateral expansion of the foot (PI.
VII., fig. 2). On the inner side, in the middle of this
expansion, appears to be a small digit, possibly with three
bones, corresponding to the structure which Prof. Karl
Bardeleben of Jena has described in some small mammals
and named the pre-pollex (Pl. VII., fig. 2, pp.) It
extends inwards like a spur. On the outer side there is a
corresponding structure, most faintly impressed, which in
the language of Bardeleben represents the second bone of
the pisiform element of the carpus on the outer side (PI.
VIL., fig. 2, 2.0.) There appear to me to be five bones
in the distal row of the carpus.”’

It will be noticed that Prof. Seeley is very cautious in
his remarks, and the observations on this particular
footprint would have to be confirmed by the examination
of other examples before any certain conclusion could be
pronounced. It seems probable, however, that the foot-
print may indicate the presence of anomodont reptiles in
our district in triassic times, and should it be found
possible to identify any of the footprints found as those
of a certain family, if not genus, quite a new field would
be opened for the study of the ancient fauna of our district
hitherto so very uninteresting to the paleontologist.

The fact that the presence of several species of
Dicynodon in the trias of Elgin has been clearly proved
within the last few years, lends probability to the theory
of their existence at the same time in this district. The
presence of osseous remains seems so far restricted to a
very few localities in Great Britain, whilst the footprints
are far more widely spread, and there is every reason to
suppose that the non-preservation of the bones is due to
the condition of the material in which they were embedded
and not to absence originally. The remains found at

KEUPER SANDSTONE AT STORETON. 181

Elgin were mainly represented by hollow spaces in the
sandstone which were really the moulds of the bones
whose substance had been dissolved away, the sand itself
having sufficiently consolidated to retain their forms. If,
however, the solution was complete before the solidifi-
cation of the matrix then all traces of the presence of the
bones would have been lost, and this is probably the reason
of any trace of bones or teeth being so rare to this district.

Any similarity between the fauna of the trias of this
country and that of South Africa or elsewhere is a matter
of interest as regards the distribution of animals. Where
change of conditions depends on change of temperature
such change will be gradual and the conditions will move
continuously in a direction more or less directly north
and south, and the fauna and flora will readily follow.

It is, however, generally supposed that the triassic
formation represents arid and desert conditions, due to the
cutting off of moisture bearing winds by the elevation of
a mountain chain or otherwise. These conditions would
arise in totally disconnected areas where the fauna and
flora migrating from one locality to another would have
to cross tracts of country where other conditions would
prevail placing them at a considerable disadvantage in the
struggle for existence; and much modification might be
expected in those forms that survived and happened to
reach the new locality where conditions had arisen to
which they were originally fitted.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. Natural Cast of a footprint from the Lower
Keuper Sandstone of Storeton, Cheshire.
Fig. 2. Drawing from the same showing the characters
seen by Prof. H. G. Seeley.
p.p. Prepollex.
2.p. Second bone of the pisiform element of
the carpus on the outer side.

Vol. XI., Pl. 1.

Trans.-L’pool Biol Soé. |

eae ey UCC .

“= 3 =

{9p

6

00

| Vol. Xl, PL. tt.
Trans. L’poo! Biol. Soc. XL, PL

Fig 4.

A. Scott, del,

LEMON SOLE AND WITCH.

Vol. Xi., Pl. Hi.

Fig. 3.

rs 2s BS GS ee eee

~

Ge @ Ga mea eas

a

Scott, del.

=) y | See. hr (ee

Vol. XI, Pi. LY,

Fig. 3.

= sma
_—

an comm &

Fig. 6.
Fig. 9.

Fig. 10.

GREY GURNARD.

Trans. L’poo! Biol. Soc.

Vet Al PL ese

ad

Trans

. L’pool Biol. Soc.

Lila

Z
<S

ail

eR

~~,
mS

Fig. 6.

H. L. J., del.

TURBELLARIA.

L.M.B.C.

“Trans. L’pool Biol. Soc. Vol. Xi, Pl. Vi.

Fo een

aa Poe mapa oe

: te tees

PESTA Ao- sata se a asses sasee ry —

MEPS Geese a
4 \v

.
x hf

SO am
rr LETTE BT
TATE Day OT ea

a Fo) is
| Jolererelel | \isTeTeystolore.
ai t

' at
sh.gl.

HLL. J., del.

Esy

4 L.M.B.C. TURBBELLARIA.

e
:

Trans. L’pool Biol. Soc. Vol. Xl, Pl. Vil.

Fig. 1,

'
,
if
‘
E.*
a
§
:
i4
‘
i
.
é
=
aD
ry

2

lar 7 '
yy ae Wray

‘gi

a 2. EAs y

: . . SPYSDS o-~
Peabo. wee

Tee

Se ie

OFS Oh
wwe a

a Were tle

peer

a

ee > A iy
Be ney Go ee ye"
ae eats

saat _ rete wee
riety Oe 0 ES neers es

ee a ae

rere

me

“wu

OA ie gy ee
se Seow e-e

viper
464% ¥ erga
_ i rnxe bbe
_ ek ee < wrk
aa ain Me ee Rk ne eet es “sets
‘ Oo wg altel, Mag eee on ee ee vee ee “a ann ame ange ms " anions
Pon ew : Ret Rat hcaelinicdh dd ee ee ene
_ ~ : d inti idiedarn tee
‘ : b tie biiethietehie denuke ee
— “ hm, tat Mie meeth ted te - ee oem
ede ee Frere * Pestiney arey
et Ae eR yp a > PP we ae « Tr we
: Oo PRR ONT OY eet Te me Sone
be Sees on <— ~ > r ;
ww

dia ee

Seaton]
eed ~~ OE ry ers ee w- ting : Napa
a Sind di alto Pheoeads nae hte eee oe Tae le Pall
Br 9 BH tn. es ATA aE

a

eA yp P a
Seat eed A

pPehgetndAetnter e
Ah ee ene ee

adeeb hoe

ween a

wee ears + ee htledon enone .

ee ADS

ne ae
at PatAeiude Ann + ee -
Papen am ~ trai Wthetieh dk nn ee ae
| “a M . a - ’

be ie ott A UPN am 9 gm

me gd Mat ‘ ea Dalby tie bots cps tard ape
es ah MPlain One oe ee a

Petre haar Beertiniemate ade be aang sting

Se ete em .

: a hand ‘= os pare re a ro RRA ete - - Poe Rash Meet Petia Sinan
exes mes | ~ OAD amas a ‘ , Riteae : : pe Sath-th Thaeataahamn 1 PEs wt i dh mnie Wena mead ally Hah cPort-itictaleate doe eet ae aan : -
ome “batt rahgeaaege aepertee ees Sane Are Re tten. in eh ee ean Senate enemy wre what Sear a nactenreotraete Lan heen nem hee eS
oe: ; fern DatialntePahale Doane en Weer “= Reet: POA Ee OWI tn, er AD Grime I~, 5 cole ee ieee leet ehh Media MallcKi te dete Anh oad cco wa tn eee .
Sine Penienpeine ue Aen At erMntiadh : owe bet ine. DNAS he ORI nts army PU MLA ied Oe dh teeta etaediehe ee
hi PbotAn ah mae AM, Sesto hd Lm eke een Mn > -

. pe ia Mead ec demain 2 Pe OE Ate" O ahr OWN" be eed -roresnond i
“ Wn 0 8 OE Sete Oe ergy eg ss it h-A ee a A ee PU Ns Hr tba mao MU apeihedr dod Ble Die :
poemen—e No Haig a Aen ae Path ea tg Aad SRE py SR Be BAERS mes RA rane ~* Seana ier i is IRI AA Ay
inte NT ee Retard h -cielhds Pacem tN Rt th anc be enol A tory 4 @.. »
~*~ sortie <> “eo &- “=< a a am _